Home

Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User's Guide

1. 15 Measure 22 14 Serial Waveform Decode Keys Controls 23 Intensity 13 Digital Control Channel g Controls 24 Entry Knob 12 Math Controls 26 95 11 File Back up Softkeys ne fl il I I 10 Tools CoO Co CoO Co PT Controls f a ee Agilent Technologies l 9 Channel On Off 1 Power 2 USB 3 Probe 4 Channel 5 AutoProbe 6 Label 7 Vertical 8 Vertical Switch Host Compensation Input BNC Interface Key Position Sensitivity Port Terminals Connector Control InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 35 1 Getting Started Front Panel Controls and Connectors 2 Channel differences only SES AgilentTechnologies _InfiniiVision NS070525 ESN External The differences between the front panel of the 4 channel oscilloscopes and the 2 channel oscilloscopes are e The 2 channel oscilloscope has two sets of channel controls e The 2 channel oscilloscope s external trigger input is on the front panel instead of the rear panel Some trigger features differ See External Trigger Input on page 109 36 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide A Getting S
2. LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL a F i L sou LUT AL Lt i SDATA 7 al 01112 2 ma il olila O ana MSB LSB MSB LSB 12 Press the WS Low softkey to select whether WS Low indicates Left or Right channel data The on screen diagram changes with your selection InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Is Triggering and Serial Decode 12 WS Low Left Channel Left channel data corresponds to WS low right channel data corresponds to WS high WS Low Left is the oscilloscope s default WS setting LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL ws il a i ed l l L a sex l ll ll U lt ONE SCLK CYCLE SDATA o l2 n 2In 1 0 1 2 7 In MBB eeir LSB MSB eae ree LSB WS Low Right Channel Right channel data corresponds to WS low left channel data corresponds to WS high i LEFT CHANNEL l RIGHT CHANNEL scx T a Url l ONE SCLK CYCLE SDATA o 1 2 l bh 2 1 _ o 1 2 7 _In 2 n 1 l MSB LSB MSB LSB 13 Press the SCLK Slope softkey to select the SCLK edge on which data is clocked in your device
3. 5 Connect an oscilloscope channel to the WS word select line in the device under test switch the channel on then set the WS channel softkey to that channel InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Is Triggering and Serial Decode 12 6 Connect an oscilloscope channel to the SDATA serial data line in the device under test switch the channel on then set the SDATA channel softkey to that channel 7 Set the trigger levels for the SCLK WS and SDATA signals to the middle of the signals If your IS signals are connected to analog channels press the SCLK softkey and rotate the Trigger Level knob not the Entry knob Repeat for the WS and SDATA softkeys If your Ps signals are connected to digital channels on MSO model oscilloscopes only press the Digital key and the Thresholds softkey to access the threshold level setting softkeys and set the thresholds to the approximate middle of the signals For details see To change the logic threshold for digital channels on page 368 8 Press Trigger gt Bus Config The I S Bus Configuration Menu is displayed along with a diagram showing WS SCLK and SDATA signals for the currently specified bus configuration LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL ONE SCLK 1 LE sara Eo P Pee Ce Owo Size 9 Press the Word Size softkey Rotate the Entry knob to match the transmitter word size of the device under test from 4 to 32 bits 10 Press the Receiver softk
4. Passive probe input impedance is generally specified in terms of a parallel capacitance and resistance The resistance is the sum of the tip resistor value and the input resistance of the test instrument see the following figure The capacitance is the series combination of the tip compensating capacitor and the cable plus instrument capacitance in parallel with the stray tip capacitance to ground While this results in an input impedance specification that is an accurate model for DC and low frequencies the high frequency model of the probe input is more useful see the following InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 17 figure This high frequency model takes into account pure tip capacitance to ground as well as series tip resistance and the cable s characteristic impedance Zo Figure 36 DC and Low Frequency Probe Equivalent Circuit 8 5 pF 100 kQ Figure 37 High Frequency Probe Equivalent Circuit 250 Q 7 5 pF 1 pF 100 kQ 150 Q InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 375 17 376 Digital Channels The impedance plots for the two models are shown in these figures By comparing the two plots you can see that both the series tip resistor and the cable s characteristic impedance extend the input impedance significantly The stray tip capacitance which is generally small 1 pF sets the final break point on the impedance chart Figure 38 Impedance versus Frequency
5. Region Number 5 Number of vertices 5 10 00 1 000 12 50 0 500 15 00 0 500 15 00 1 500 12 50 1 500 Region Number 6 Number of vertices 6 05 00 1 000 02 50 0 500 02 50 0 500 05 00 1 000 02 50 1 500 02 50 1 500 Region Number 7 Number of vertices 5 10 00 1 000 12 50 0 500 15 00 0 500 15 00 1 500 12 50 1 500 Region Number 8 Number of vertices 4 12 50 MIN InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Analyzing Data 16 355 16 Analyzing Data 356 10 00 1 750 10 00 1 750 1250 MIN setup MTES ENAB 1 HAN1 RANG 4 00E 00 OFFS 0 0E 00 COUP DC IMP ONEM DISP 1 BWL 0 INV 0 HAN1 LAB 1 UNIT VOLT PROB 1 0E 00 PROB SKEW 0 0E 00 STYP SING HAN2 RANG 16 0E 00 OFFS 1 62400E 00 COUP DC IMP FIFT DISP 0 BWL 0 INV 0 HAN2 LAB 2 UNIT VOLT PROB 1 0E 00 PROB SKEW 0 0E 00 STYP SING 0 UN 0 H HAN3 RANG 40 0E 00 OFFS 0 0E 00 COUP DC IMP ONEM DISP 0 BWL 0 INV 0 HAN3 LAB 3 T VOLT PROB 1 0E 00 PROB SKEW 0 0E 00 STYP SING HAN4 RANG 40 0E 00 OFFS 0 0E 00 COUP DC IMP ONEM DISP 0 BWL 0 INV 0 HAN4 LAB 4 UNIT VOLT PROB 1 0E 00 PROB SKEW 0 0E 00 STYP SING EXT BWL 0 IMP ONEM RANG 5E 00 UNIT VOLT PROB 1 0E 00 PROB STYP SING TIM MODE MAIN REF CENT MAIN RANG 50 00E 09 POS 0 0E 00 TRIG MODE EDGE SWE AUTO NREJ 0 HFR 0 HOLD 60E 09 TRIG EDGE SOUR CHAN1 LEV 75 00E 03 SLOP POS REJ OFF COUP DC A
6. Rotate the Entry knob to align the selection arrow with C and push the Entry knob to select it Then rotate and push the Entry knob to select the setups directory then select a file intern_n to be overwritten C setups usb0 a C m lt Up gt Q lt setups gt intern_0O Dec 24 2003 intern_1l Dec 24 2003 intern_2 Dec 24 2003 intern_3 Dec 24 2003 intern_4 Dec 24 2003 intern_5 Dec 24 2003 intern_6 Dec 24 2003 intern_7 Dec 24 2003 intern_8 Dec 24 2003 intern_9 Dec 24 2003 OOMOOOMeee amp Save to e S Js Press to intern_0 Save The File Explorer in the Save and Recall Menus can be used to save the following file types oscilloscope setup waveform trace display image and waveform data It can be used to recall oscilloscope setup and waveform trace files The File Explorer in the Utility Menu can be used for loading files into the oscilloscope or deleting files InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 207 6 Saving Recalling and Printing If one or more USB mass storage devices are connected to the oscilloscope you can navigate to the USB device using the same method The following display image shows an image ready to be saved to a subfolder called MSO7000 on a USB mass storage device Push the Entry knob to save the image Ogg 00s 5 00087 Auto o Eo 27V K MaxiM 1 201kHz eC usb0 DSO1000 Oct 01 2008 O Documents Oct 07
7. ee 3 e Displaying Waveforms Using the Horizontal Controls 62 Using the Vertical Controls 77 Setting Analog Channel Probe Options 82 Changing the Display Settings 84 Using Labels 89 This chapter describes using the horizontal controls the vertical controls the Display key and menu options and labels when displaying waveforms The easiest way to adjust the horizontal and vertical scale and display waveforms is to connect the probes to the signals and press AutoScale See Input a Waveform and AutoScale on page 32 e Triggering on page 95 for topics related to stabilizing waveforms on the display e Acquisition Modes on page 223 for topics related to detecting peak values of waveforms averaging waveforms and capturing high resolution waveforms e Printing Screens on page 220 e Setting Oscilloscope Preferences on page 383 Agilent Technologies 3 Displaying Waveforms Using the Horizontal Controls The horizontal controls include e The horizontal scale and position knobs e The Horiz key for accessing the Horizontal Menu e The zoom key for quickly enabling disabling the split screen zoom display The Search key for marking events in the serial decode Lister See Searching Lister Data on page 259 e The Navigate keys for navigating time marked events in the serial decode Lister and segmented memory acquisitions The following figure shows the Ho
8. 160 Measurements and Math Functions The Analyze Segments softkey only appears when the acquisition is stopped and the optional segmented memory feature is on After an acquisition has completed and the oscilloscope is stopped you can press the Analyze Segments softkey to accumulate measurement statistics for the acquired segments You can also turn on infinite persistence in the Display Menu and press the Analyze Segments softkey to create an infinite persistence display Measurement Thresholds Setting measurement thresholds defines the vertical levels where measurements will be taken on an analog channel or math waveform Changing default thresholds may change measurement results The default lower middle and upper threshold values are 10 50 and 90 of the value between Top and Base Changing these threshold definitions from the default values may change the returned measurement results for Average Delay Duty Cycle Fall Time Frequency Overshoot Period Phase Preshoot Rise Time Width and Width 1 From the Measurement Menu press the Settings softkey then press the Thresholds softkey to set analog channel measurement thresholds 2 Press the Source softkey to select the analog channel or math waveform source for which you want to change measurement thresholds Each analog channel and the math waveform can be assigned unique threshold values amp Source lt gt Type gt Lower Middle gt Upper 1
9. PAY ENO OV OY EVI CYR g Oo Ll 2 nAi T L InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 43 1 44 Getting Started Rear Panel Connector Descriptions 1 External Trigger Input See External Trigger Input on page 109 for an explanation of this feature 2 Trigger Output See Trigger Types on page 112 3 10 MHz Reference Connector See To set the reference signal mode on page 388 4 Calibration Protect Switch See To perform user calibration on page 397 5 Digital Input Connector Connect the digital probe cable to this connector MSO models only 6 XGA Video Output A standard XGA video output connector is provided on the rear panel You can connect an external monitor to provide a larger display or to provide a display at a viewing position away from the oscilloscope The oscilloscope s built in display remains on even when an external display is connected The video output connector is always active For optimal video quality and performance we recommend you use a shielded video cable with ferrite cores 7 USB Host Port This port functions identically to the USB host port on the front panel USB Host Port is used for saving data from the oscilloscope and loading software updates See also page 37 8 USB Device Port This port is for connecting the oscilloscope to a host PC You can issue remote commands from a host
10. The FlexRay decode display shows frame decoding e Frame type NORM SYNC SUP NULL in blue e Frame ID decimal digits in yellow e Payload length decimal number of words in green e Header CRC hex digits in blue plus red HCRC error message if invalid e Cycle number decimal digits in yellow e Data bytes HEX digits in white e Frame CRC hex digits in blue plus red FCRC error message if invalid e Frame coding errors specific error symbol in red InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 319 13 320 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode FlexRay Totalizer The FlexRay totalizer consists of counters that provide a direct measure of bus quality and efficiency The totalizer appears on screen whenever FlexRay Decode is ON in the Serial Decode Menu i OA OB OC OD OE OF 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 FRAMES 0051931110 NULL 001270258 2 49 SYNC 010393103 20 0 amp Mode Settings Reset FlexRay Lister lexRay Counters The FRAMES counter gives a real time count of all captured frames e The NULL counter gives the number and percentage of null frames e The SYNC counter gives the number and percentage of sync frames The totalizer runs counting frames and calculating percentages even when the oscilloscope is stopped not acquiring data When an overflow condition occurs the counter displays OVERFLOW The counters can be reset to zero by pressing the Reset FlexRay Counters softkey
11. e Full Screen the RMS DC value is measured on all displayed data points e Auto the measurement attempts to compute a value using the N Cycles interval If less than three edges are present the measurement is computed using the Full Screen interval The X cursors show what interval of the waveform is being measured Std Deviation The Std Deviation measurement shows the standard deviation of the displayed voltage values It is an RMS measurement across the full screen with the DC component removed It is useful for example for measuring power supply noise The standard deviation of a measurement is the amount that a measurement varies from the mean value The Mean value of a measurement is the statistical average of the measurement The following figure graphically shows the mean and standard deviation Standard deviation is represented by the Greek letter sigma o For a Gaussian distribution two sigma 1o from the mean is where 68 3 percent of the measurement results reside Six sigma 30 from is where 99 7 percent of the measurement results reside mean 30 20 lo 0 10 20 30 68 3 95 4 99 7 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 The mean is calculated as follows N x y fel N where x the mean N the number of measurements taken x the ih measurement result The standard deviation is calculated
12. Digital Channels starting on page 359 14 Serial Decode Controls These Serial key is used to enable serial decode The upper and lower knob are not used with serial decode For more information on serial decode see Chapter 9 Serial Decode Lister starting on page 255 15 Measure Keys Press the Cursors key to turn on cursors that you can use for making measurements Press the Meas key to access a set of predefined measurements See Chapter 5 Measurements and Math Functions starting on page 153 16 AutoScale Key When you press the AutoScale key the oscilloscope will quickly determine which channels have activity and it will turn these channels on and scale them to display the input signals See Input a Waveform and AutoScale on page 32 17 Run Controls Press Run Stop to make the oscilloscope begin looking for a trigger The Run Stop key will illuminate in green If the trigger mode is set to Normal the display will not update until a trigger is found If the trigger mode is set to Auto the oscilloscope looks for a trigger and if none is found it will automatically trigger and the display will immediately show the input signals In this case the Auto indicator at the top of the display will change to Auto and the background will flash indicating that the oscilloscope is forcing triggers Press Run Stop again to stop acquiring data The key will illuminate in red Now you can
13. If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the LIN signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the Zoom horizontal sweep mode for easier navigation of the decoded data InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 10 Interpreting LIN Decode e Angled waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame e Mid level blue lines show an idle bus LIN 1 3 only e The hexadecimal ID and parity bits if enabled appear in yellow If a parity error is detected the hexadecimal ID and parity bits if enabled appear in red e Decoded hexadecimal data values appear in white e For LIN 1 3 the checksum appears in blue if correct or red if incorrect The checksum always appears in white for LIN 2 0 e Decoded text is truncated at the end of the associated frame when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries e Red dots in the decode line indicate that there is data that is not being displayed Scroll or expand the horizontal scale to view the information e Unknown bus values undefined or error conditions are drawn in red e If there is an error in the synch
14. Unknown data e 1 Normal 32 bit float data Maximum float data Minimum float data Not used in InfiniiVision oscilloscopes Not used in InfiniiVision oscilloscopes e an FW DY Il Digital unsigned 8 bit char data for digital channels Bytes Per Point A 16 bit short that is the number of bytes per data point Buffer Size A 32 bit integer that is the size of the buffer required to hold the data points Example Program for Reading Binary Data To find an example program for reading binary data direct your web browser to www agilent com find 7000sw and select Example Program for Reading Binary Data Examples of Binary Files Single Acquisition Multiple Analog Channels The following picture shows a binary file of a single acquisition with multiple analog channels 418 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 19 File Header _ 12 bytes Number of Waveforms N Waveform Header 1 Number of Waveform Buffers 1 140 bytes Waveform Data Header Buffer Type 1 floating point Bytes per Point 4 12 bytes Voltage Data 1 buffer size Waveform Header 2 Number of Waveform Buffers 1 140 bytes Wavetornt Data Buffer Type 1 floating point Bytes per Point 4 Header 2 12 bytes Voltage Data 2 buffer size e e Waveform Header N Number of Waveform Buffers 1 140 bytes Waveform Data Header N Buffer Type 1 floating point Bytes per P
15. softkeys User defined List of characters displayed text string when Entry knob is turned Sein MECHNOTOCTES amp Saver Wait Spell Enter ow E Select Advance to next characters character 3 Turn the Entry knob to select the number of minutes to wait before the selected screen saver activates When you turn the Entry knob the number of minutes is displayed in the Wait softkey The default time is 180 minutes 3 hours InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Oscilloscope Utility Settings 18 4 Press the Preview softkey to preview the screen saver you have selected with the Saver softkey 5 To view the normal display after the screen saver has started press any key or turn any knob To set AutoScale preferences There are preference settings for which channels are used and whether the acquisition mode should be changed when the AutoScale key is pressed To enable Fast Debug autoscale The Fast Debug option changes the behavior of AutoScale to let you make quick visual comparisons to determine whether the signal being probed is a DC voltage ground or an active AC signal Channel coupling is maintained for easy viewing of oscillating signals 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences gt AutoScale 2 In the AutoScale Preferences Menu press Fast Debug to enable or disable the option To specified the channels to be autoscaled Normally AutoScale checks all input channels when perfo
16. 1 2 3 4 344 Configure the oscilloscope to display the golden waveform Press the Analyze key Press Features then select Mask Test Press Features again to enable mask testing j m Mask Test _ Precision amp Features Statistics Setup Automask Clear jm Mask a al Mask Press Automask In the Automask Menu press the Source softkey and ensure the analog channel from which to create the mask is selected Adjust the mask s horizontal tolerance Y and vertical tolerance X These are adjustable in graticule divisions or in absolute units volts or seconds selectable using the Units softkey InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Analyzing Data 16 8 Press the Create Mask softkey The mask is created and testing begins Whenever the Create Mask softkey is pressed the old mask is erased and a new mask is created Current mask AutoMask CH1 OCh 22 12 03 53 2009 0 Tests D Status Passing OUT 00T 00 s Failures Failure Rate Sigma Channel LO 0 0000 72 tle 2 7 X Create 0 10 Mask 9 To clear the mask and switch off mask testing go back up in the menu hierarchy to return to the Mask Test Menu then press the Clear Mask softkey If infinite persistence display mode see To set or clear infinite persistence on page 85 is on when mask test is enabled it stays on If infinite persistence is off when mask test is enabled it is switched on when mask
17. 1 With FlexRay selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press Search for then select from these options Frame ID Finds frames with the specified ID Press the Frame ID softkey to select the ID Cycle number Frame ID Finds frames with the specified cycle number and ID Press the Frame ID softkey to select the ID Press the Cycle softkey to select the number Data Frame ID Cycle number Finds frames with the specified data cycle number and frame ID Press the Frame ID softkey to select the ID Press the Cycle softkey to select the number Press the Data sofkey to open a menu where you can enter the data value Header CRC Error Finds cyclic redundancy check errors in headers Frame CRC Error Finds cyclic redundancy check errors in frames All Errors Finds all errors For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 259 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see To navigate the time base on page 74 322 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide amp ee 14 e MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial ae Decode Probing MIL STD 1553 Signals 324 Setup for MIL STD 1553 Signals 325 MIL STD 1553 Triggering 326 MIL STD 1553 Serial Decode 327 The N5469A MIL STD 1553 triggering and decode option Option 553 requires a four
18. 10 50 90 Source Threshold Lower Middle Upper select Type Threshold Threshold Threshold 3 Press the Type softkey to set the measurement threshold to percentage of Top and Base value or to Absolute absolute value Percentage thresholds can be set from 5 to 95 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 The units for absolute threshold for each channel is set in the channel probe menu When the Source is set to Math f t the threshold Type can only be set to Percent Absolute threshold hints Absolute thresholds are dependent on channel scaling probe attenuation and probe units Always set these values first before setting absolute thresholds The minimum and maximum threshold values are limited to on screen values If any of the absolute threshold values are above or below the minimum or maximum waveform values the measurement may not be valid Press the Lower softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the lower measurement threshold value Increasing the lower value beyond the set middle value will automatically increase the middle value to be more than the lower value The default lower threshold is 10 or 800 mV If threshold Type is set to the lower threshold value can be set from 5 to 93 Press the Middle softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the middle measurement threshold value The middle value is bounded by the values set for lower and upper
19. 20 ms div Peak Detect Mode 5 00MSa s amp Acq Mode Avgs Segmented Peak Detect gt Using Peak Detect Mode to Find a Glitch 1 Connect a signal to the oscilloscope and obtain a stable display 2 To find the glitch press the Acquire key then press the Acq Mode softkey until Peak Detect is selected 3 Press the Display key then press the Persist infinite persistence softkey Infinite persistence updates the display with new acquisitions but does not erase previous acquisitions New sample points are shown at normal intensity while previous acquisitions are displayed in gray at lower intensity Waveform persistence is not kept beyond the display area boundary InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 121 4 122 Triggering Press the Clear Display softkey to erase previously acquired points The display will accumulate points until Persist is turned off 4 Characterize the glitch with Zoom mode a Press the zoom key or press the Horiz key and then the Zoom softkey b To obtain a better resolution of the glitch expand the time base Use the horizontal position knob lt gt to pan through the waveform to set the expanded portion of the normal sweep around the glitch InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Nth Edge Burst Trigger The Nth Edge Burst trigger lets you trigger on the Nth edge of a burst that occurs after an idle time I lt ld
20. 3 Press the Digit softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select a digit of the selected bus 4 Press the Hex softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select a value for the digit If a digit is made up of less than four bits then the value of the digit will be limited to the value that can be created by the selected bits 5 You can use the Setall Digits softkey to set all digits to a particular value When a hex bus digit contains one or more don t care X bits and one or more bit with a value or 0 or 1 the sign will be displayed for the digit For information regarding digital bus display when Pattern triggering see Bus values are displayed when using Pattern trigger on page 373 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 127 4 Triggering Pulse Width Trigger 128 Pulse Width glitch triggering sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a positive or negative pulse of a specified width If you want to trigger on a specific timeout value use Duration trigger in the Trigger Menu see Duration Trigger on page 114 1 Press the Pulse Width key in the Trigger section of the front panel to display the Pulse Width Trigger Menu Polarity Trigger Trigger level source or threshold Source Pulse Qualifier on time set polarity 2 Press the Source softkey or rotate the Entry knob to select a channel source for the trigger The channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the dis
21. 60 ns holdoff time Vectors on 33 grid intensity infinite persistence off Acquire mode normal Run Stop to Run cursors and measurements off All custom labels that you have created in the Label Library are preserved not erased but all channel labels will be set to their original names InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 31 1 Getting Started Input a Waveform and AutoScale Use AutoScale to automatically configure the oscilloscope to best display the input signals 1 Connect an oscilloscope probe from channel 1 to the Probe Comp terminal on the front panel Connect the probe s ground lead to the ground terminal next to the Probe Comp terminal Press AutoScale 4 If you want to return to the oscilloscope settings that existed before press Undo AutoScale If you want to change the channels autoscaled or preserve the acquisition mode during autoscale press Channels or Acq Mode Theses are the same softkeys that appear in the AutoScale Preferences Menu See To set AutoScale preferences on page 385 You should see a waveform on the oscilloscope s display similar to this Undo Channels gt Acq Mode Autoscale __All_ Normal If you see the waveform but the square wave is not shaped correctly as shown above perform the procedure Compensating Passive Probes on page 56 32 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 If you
22. Acquisition Modes 227 Segmented Memory 234 This chapter describes various acquisition modes See Also Analyzing Data on page 343 e Glitch or Narrow Pulse Capture on page 119 of j Agilent Technologies 223 7 Acquisition Modes Starting Stopping and Single Acquisitions Run Control To start and stop an acquisition e When you press the Run Stop key it illuminates in green and the oscilloscope is in run mode The oscilloscope examines the input voltage at each probe and updates the display whenever the trigger conditions are met Trigger processing and screen update rate are optimized based on the oscilloscope settings The oscilloscope displays multiple acquisitions of the same signal similar to the way an analog oscilloscope displays waveforms e When you press the Run Stop key again it illuminates in red and the oscilloscope is stopped Stop is displayed in the trigger mode position in the status line at the top of the display You can pan and zoom the stored waveform by turning the horizontal and vertical control knobs When the oscilloscope is running and you press the Run Stop key it will flash until the current acquisition is completed If the acquisition completes immediately the Run Stop key will not flash At slower sweep speeds you may not want to wait for the acquisition to finish Just press Run Stop again The acquisition will stop immediately and a partial waveform wi
23. Agilent Agilent will charge for the cost of physically performing the source distribution InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 423 19 Reference 424 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Index Symbols Width measurement 165 Width measurement 165 Numerics 1 M ohm input impedance 80 10 MHz reference clock 388 1 2 math function 189 232 Option 393 394 50 ohm input impedance 80 553 Option 394 A About Oscilloscope 397 AC channel coupling 79 accessories 26 407 409 acquire 223 230 acquisition mode 227 averaging 229 230 high resolution 228 normal 227 peak detect 228 acquisition modes 223 acquisition option realtime 232 active probes 53 active serial bus 267 277 289 298 310 339 activity indicator 366 adding digital channels license 396 addition math function 189 address with no ack condition 12C trigger 284 Addresses softkey 242 adjust the feet 28 aliasing FFT 197 ALT Option 393 394 Amplitude measurement 170 AMS Option 393 394 analog channel probe attenuation 82 setup 77 analog filters adjusting 197 analyze segments 160 236 ASCII file format 210 attenuation probe 82 109 attenuators 57 Auto Increment 209 Auto trigger indicator 39 100 auto trigger mode 99 100 Auto trigger indicator 100 AutolP 241 automatic measurements 154 156 automatic setup 364 AutoProbe 38 80 external trigger 109
24. Data Cik Clk Data Chip Select Clk Data Chip Select Clk Dataln DataOut Data Data Scope Channel Chi Ch2 Chl Ch2 Chi Ch2 Chi Ch2 Ch3 Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 Chi Chi Saving Recalling and Printing Maps to Logic Analyzer Channel DO D1 DO D1 DO D1 DO D1 D2 DO D1 D2 D3 DO DO To save a waveform and or setup to a USB mass storage device 1 Insert a USB mass storage device into the front or rear USB device port 2 Press the Save Recall key Press the Save softkey The proposed file name will be shown in the 6 Save to file prompt above the Save softkey If you want to change the file name press the File Name softkey See Creating a new file name on page 209 for details InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 215 6 Saving Recalling and Printing 4 Choose a file format using the Format softkey For file format information see Display Image and Waveform Data File Formats on page 210 5 Press the Press to Save softkey When saving display image files the oscilloscope will save an image using the last menu you visited before pressing the Print key Therefore if you have measurements Amplitude Frequency etc showing on the display before you select Save the measurements will be shown in the display image file To save an image of the display showing the Save Recall Menu at the bottom press the Save Recall key twice then pr
25. For more information about the commands see the Programming Commands Quick Reference SCPI Commands E3 SCPI Commands Clear Window Timeout 2 sec gt RST Device Clear gt IDN AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES MSO7104B MY4925001 3 05 29 03C RST 222 Data out of range IDN gt SYST ERR 0 No error Enter SCPI command or query aut Write Read Write amp Read Command History aut If you get the Unable to connect to the instrument You may need to set the instrument s controller type to LAN message a On the oscilloscope s front panel press Utility gt 1 0 b In the I O Menu press Control c Use the Entry knob to point to LAN then press Control again to enable the LAN controller type Multiple controller types may be enabled InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 8 Remote Programming with Agilent 10 Libraries While the SCPI Commands applet window lets you enter and remote programming commands remote programming for automated test and data acquisition is typically done using the Agilent IO Libraries which are separate from the instrument s web interface The Agilent IO Libraries let a controller PC communicate with Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscopes via their LAN or USB interfaces The Automation Ready CD provided with the oscilloscope contains the Agilent IO Libraries Suite connectivity software to enable communicati
26. Identification Function The Identification web interface feature is useful when trying to locate a specific instrument in a rack of equipment 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 244 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface Welcome Page is displayed select the Identification on radio button An Identify message is displayed on the oscilloscope you can either select Identification off or press the OK softkey on the oscilloscope to continue Support Products Agilent Site Another web enabled instrument Welcome to your L 1 Web Enabled Oscilloscope MS07104B Information about this Web Enabled Instrument MS07104B Oscilloscope neato Agilent MSO7104B MY49250013 catch 130 29 111 5 VISA TCPAP Connect String TCPIPO a m7104b 250013 INSTR i Advanced information Identification off on Use the navigation bar on the leftto access your Oscilloscope and reed information Agilent Technologies Inc 2006 2010 Identification Option InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 251 8 Web Interface Instrument Utilities The Instrument Utilities page of the web interface lets you e View installed options e View firmware versions e Install firmware upgrade files e View calibration status You can select these cababilities via a drop down menu Agilent Technologies KOSICE Z Instrument Utilities Installed O
27. If the voltage is above the threshold the oscilloscope stores a 1 in sample memory otherwise it stores a 0 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 363 17 Digital Channels To display digital channels using AutoScale When signals are connected to the digital channels AutoScale quickly configures and displays the digital channels e To configure the instrument quickly press the AutoScale key Any digital channel with an active signal will be displayed Any digital channels without active signals will be turned off To undo the effects of AutoScale press the Undo AutoScale softkey before pressing any other key This is useful if you have unintentionally pressed the AutoScale key or do not like the settings AutoScale has selected This will return the oscilloscope to its previous settings For information about how AutoScale works see page 33 To set the instrument to the factory default configuration press the Default Setup key Example Install probe clips on channels 0 and 1 of the digital probe cable Connect the probes for digital channels 0 and 1 to the Probe Comp output on the front panel of the instrument Be sure to connect the ground lead to the 364 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 17 ground lug beside the Probe Comp output Set the instrument to the factory default configuration by pressing the Default Setup key Then press the AutoScale k
28. In a few moments the oscilloscope will connect to the network b If desired you can enable NetBIOS Press Utility gt 1 0 gt Control to access the option c When using DHCP you can select DynamicDNS if desired Press Utility gt 1 0 gt Control to access the option InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 241 8 242 Web Interface To connect to the network using Manual mode 1 Get the oscilloscope s network parameters hostname domain IP address subnet mask gateway IP DNS IP etc from your network administrator Connect the oscilloscope to the local area network LAN by inserting the LAN cable into the LAN port on the rear panel of the oscilloscope On the oscilloscope ensure the controller interface is enabled a Press Utility gt 1 0 gt Control b Ensure that LAN is selected If not use the Entry knob to point to LAN and then push the Entry knob Configure the oscilloscope s LAN interface a Press the LAN Settings softkey b Press the Config softkey to deselect DHCP and AutolIP c Press the Addresses softkey d Use the Modify softkey and the other softkeys and the Entry knob to enter the IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP and DNS IP values When you are done go back up in the menu hierarchy e Press the Domain softkey Use the Modify softkey and the other softkeys and the Entry knob to enter the Host name and the Domain name When you are done go bac
29. InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 13 Interpreting FlexRay Lister Data C Time FID __ Len HCRC CYC Data FCRC 1 237ms 6 10 3DA 31 28 5F 00 00 12 34 12 34 12 D4BABF 49 63us 33 10 68C 31 OA OB OC OD OE OF 10 11 12 E55BB2 34 10 E 21 78 56 34 12 55 EF CD AB 78 54D87A 82 46us 36 10 OAD 31 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 BSFD2F 126 3us_ 37 10 158 31 3D 3D 3D 3D 3D 3D 3D 3D 3D 383753 170 3us 38 10 347 31 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 E4041C 214 4us 39 10 2B2 31 AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA 990408 302 4us 41 2 206 31 00 00 00 78 B95DCF 350 3us 45 2 5D2 31 00 00 00 78 4F2F9C__ Data 78 56 34 12 55 EF CD AB 78 56 34 12 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 78 56 34 12 55 EF CD AB 78 56 34 12 00 00 In addition to the standard Time column the FlexRay Lister contains these columns FID frame ID Len payload length HCRC header CRC CYC cycle number Data FCRC frame CRC Frames with errors are highlighted in red InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 321 13 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode Searching for FlexRay Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of FlexRay data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows
30. Modify Configuration X Currently in use Configuration mode DHCP Dynamic DNS ON NetBIOS ON IP Address 130 29 111 5 Subnet Mask 255 255 252 0 Default Gateway 130 29 108 1 DHCP Server 130 29 64 128 DNS Server 130 29 108 128 130 29 64 128 Hostname a m7104b 250013 cos agilent com LAN KeepAlive Timeout 1800 Media Sense ON GPIB Control OFF GPIB Address 7 USB Control OFF LAN Control ON InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 253 8 Web Interface 4 Enter your desired password and click Apply Changes Support Agilent Technologies y 1 e tere S undo Changes Factory Defaults Apply Changes Parameter Configured Value Edit Configuration on Oo Oon oi om Om o oo oon 169 254 254 254 16 169 254 254 254 199 2542 amp m71040 250013 em 1040 250013 o oman on OOF Gon on oo oo lt pileni 071048 v4e250012 Agilent 8071048 MY49250013 1 lt Step 3 on oor Oo E a oo oon on oo oon When accessing the password protected oscilloscope the user name is the IP address of the oscilloscope To reset the password Do one of these things to reset the password Using the keys on the front panel of the oscilloscope press Utility
31. Performing Mask Tests 344 To create a mask from a golden waveform Automask 344 Setup Options 346 Mask Test Trigger Output 348 Mask Statistics 348 To manually modify a mask file 350 Building a Mask File 353 Enabling Presision Measurements and Math 357 17 Digital Channels 359 To connect the digital probes to the device under test 360 Probe cable for digital channels 360 Acquiring waveforms using the digital channels 363 To display digital channels using AutoScale 364 Example 364 Interpreting the digital waveform display 366 To change the displayed size of the digital channels 367 To switch a single channel on or off 367 To switch all digital channels on or off 367 To switch groups of channels on or off 368 To change the logic threshold for digital channels 368 To reposition a digital channel 369 To display digital channels as abus 369 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 17 Contents 18 18 Digital channel signal fidelity Probe impedance and grounding 374 Input Impedance 374 Probe Grounding 376 Best Probing Practices 378 To replace digital probe leads 379 Oscilloscope Utility Settings 381 Configuring the Quick Action Key 382 Setting Oscilloscope Preferences 383 To choose expand about center or ground 383 To disable enable antialiasing 383 To set up the screensaver 384 To set AutoScale preferences 385 To disable enable transparent backgrounds 386 To load the default label libra
32. Save Recall key to save or recall a waveform or setup The Print key opens the Print Configuration Menu so you can print the displayed waveforms See Saving and Recalling Data on page 206 and Printing Screens on page 220 12 Math Controls The Math key provides access to add subtract multiply differentiate integrate FFT Fast Fourier Transform and square root functions See Measurements and Math Functions on page 153 13 Digital Channel Controls These controls switch the digital channels on and off and can be used to select a digital channel for repositioning on the display Press the Digital key to turn on the digital channels the Digital key will illuminate as well as the arrow to the left InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 When the arrow to the left of the Digital key is illuminated the upper knob selects and highlights in red individual digital channels and the lower knob positions the selected digital channel If a trace is repositioned over an existing trace the indicator at the left edge of the trace will change from D designation where nn is a one or two digit channel number from 0 to 15 to D The indicates that two channels are overlaid You can rotate the upper knob to select an overlaid channel then rotate the lower knob to position it just as you would any other channel For more information on digital channels see Chapter 17
33. USB signals 4 Press the Trigger key in the Trigger section of the front panel rotate the Entry knob until USB is displayed in the Trigger softkey Currently selected Trigger level data source or threshold USB trigger Trigger on Signal D source D source condition speed channel channel 5 Press the Speed softkey to select the speed of the transaction being probed You may select Low Speed 1 5 Mb s or Full Speed 12 Mb s InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 6 Press the D and D softkeys to select the channel connected to the USB signal D and D lines The D and D labels for the source channels are automatically set As you press the D or D softkey or rotate the Entry knob the D and D label for the source channel is automatically set and the channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to USB If you have connected the oscilloscope s analog source channels to the D and D signals Adjust the trigger level for each connected analog channel to the middle of the waveform by pressing the D or D softkey then turning the Trigger Level knob If you have connected the oscilloscope s digital source channels to the D and D signals this applies to MSO model oscilloscopes only Press the Digital key and select Thresholds to set an appropriate threshold level for the digital channels The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is
34. bottom region must be the highest numbered region in the file Region number 1 is the top mask region The vertices in Region 1 describe points along a line that line is the bottom edge of the top portion of the mask Similarly the vertices in Region 2 describe the line that forms the top of the bottom part of the mask The vertices in a mask file are normalized There are four parameters that define how values are normalized e X1 e AX e YI e Y2 These four parameters are defined in the Oscilloscope Setup portion of the mask file The Y values normally voltage are normalized in the file using the following equation Ynorm Oe Y1 AY where AY Y2 Y1 To convert the normalized Y values in the mask file to voltage Y Goon ATi where AY Y2 Y1 The X values normally time are normalized in the file using the following equation InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Analyzing Data 16 Xnorm KX X1 AX To convert the normalized X values to time X Xhorm AX X1 Oscilloscope Setup Information The keywords setup and end_setup appearing alone on a line define the beginning and end of the oscilloscope setup region of the mask file The oscilloscope setup information contains remote programming language commands that the oscilloscope executes when the mask file is loaded Any legal remote programming command can be entered in this section The mask scaling controls ho
35. gt 1 0 gt LAN Reset e Using the web browser select the Configure Network tab select Modify Configuration erase the Password and select Apply Changes 254 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide E ee 9 e Serial Decode Lister Serial Decode 256 Lister 257 Searching Lister Data 259 Triggering on Serial Data In some cases such as when triggering on a slow serial signal for example C SPI CAN LIN etc it may be necessary to switch from the Auto trigger mode to the Normal trigger mode to prevent the oscilloscope from Auto triggering and stabilize the display You can select the trigger mode by pressing the Mode Coupling key then the Mode softkey Also the trigger level must be set appropriately for each analog channel Agilent Technologies i 255 9 Serial Decode Lister Serial Decode Agilent s hardware accelerated serial decode options can be installed when the oscilloscope is manufactured or added later The following serial decode licenses are available The N5424A Option AMS license provides the ability to decode CAN Controller Area Network and LIN Local Interconnect Network serial buses Requires a 4 channel oscilloscope See CAN Serial Decode on page 266 LIN Serial Decode on page 276 The N5432C Option FLX license provides the ability to trigger on and decode FlexRay automotive serial b
36. msk file your created using a text editor such as Wordpad 10 Edit save and close the file The mask file contains the following sections e Mask File Identifier InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Analyzing Data 16 e Mask Title e Mask Violation Regions e Oscilloscope Setup Information Mask File Identifier The Mask File Identifier is MASK_FILE_548XX Mask Title The Mask Title is a string of ASCII characters Example autoMask CH1 OCT 03 09 40 26 2008 When a mask file contains the keyword autoMask in the title the edge of the mask is passing by definition Otherwise the edge of the mask is defined as a failure Mask Violation Regions a Region 1 Region 2 amp Print to 4 Options Press to lt None gt Setup Info one gt Print InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 351 16 Analyzing Data 352 Up to 8 regions can be defined for a mask They can be numbered 1 8 They can appear in any order in the msk file The numbering of the regions must go from top to bottom left to right An Automask file contains two special regions the region glued to the top of the display and the region that is glued to the bottom The top region is indicated by y values of MAX for the first and last points The bottom region is indicated by y values of MIN for the first and last points The top region must be the lowest numbered region in the file The
37. see Measurements statistics and infinite persistence on page 236 to show infinite persistence across all acquired segments See also To set or clear infinite persistence on page 85 for details Using segmented memory 1 Set up a trigger condition See Triggering on page 95 for details 2 Press the Acquire key in the Waveform section of the front panel 3 Press the Segmented softkey to access the Segmented Memory Menu 4 In the Segmented Memory Menu press the Segmented softkey to enable segmented memory acquisitions 5 Press the of Segs softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select the number of segments into which you would like to divide the oscilloscope s memory Memory can be divided into as few as two segments and as many as 2000 segments 6 Press the Run key or the Single key The oscilloscope will run and fill a memory segment for each trigger event When the oscilloscope is busy acquiring multiple segments the progress is displayed in the upper right area of the display The oscilloscope will continue to trigger until memory is filled then the oscilloscope will stop 234 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Modes 7 If the signal you are measuring has more than about 1 s of dead time inactivity consider selecting Normal trigger mode to prevent AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey and select Normal Dow B 8 5 0008
38. the 26th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 259 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see To navigate the time base on page 74 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 291 11 I C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for SPI Signals 292 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI trigger setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to a clock data and framing signal To set up the oscilloscope to capture SPI signals use the Signals softkey which appears in both the Trigger Menu and the Serial Decode Menu 1 Press Label to turn on labels 2 Press Trigger then select the SPI trigger type 3 Press the Signals softkey The SPI Signals Menu will be displayed gt Clock t Data gt Frame by amp CS D11 v D10 CS D13 4 Press the Clock softkey or turn the Entry knob to select the channel connected to the SPI serial clock line As you press the Clock softkey or rotate the Entry knob the CLK label for the source channel is automatically set and the channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to SPI 5 Press the slope softkey Y to select rising edge or falling edge for the selected Clock source This determines which clock edge the oscilloscope will use to latch the serial data When you press the slope softkey the graphic shown on t
39. the common mode voltage may increase to a level that causes false data generation Figure 39 Common Mode Input Voltage Model Probe1 4 Zin C i intin J L GND Probe Ground g a TEPE V Common Mode Probe amp Zin Yr ProbeN lt Zin In addition to the common mode voltage longer ground returns also degrade the pulse fidelity of the probe system Rise time is increased and ringing due to the undamped LC circuit at the input of the probe is also increased Because the digital channels display reconstructed waveforms they do not show ringing and perturbations You will not find ground problems through examination of the waveform display In fact it is likely you will discover the problem through random glitches or inconsistent data measurements Use the analog channels to view ringing and perturbations InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 377 17 Digital Channels Best Probing Practices Because of the variables L di and dt you may be unsure how much margin is available in your measurement setup The following are guidelines for good probing practices e The ground lead from each digital channel group D15 D8 and D7 D0 should be attached to the ground of the device under test if any channel within the group is being used for data capture e When capturing data in a noisy environment every third digital cha
40. thresholds The default middle threshold is 50 or 1 20 V If threshold Type is set to the middle threshold value can be set from 6 to 94 Press the Upper softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the upper measurement threshold value Decreasing the upper value below the set middle value will automatically decrease the middle value to be less than the upper value The default upper threshold is 90 or 1 50 V If threshold Type is set to the upper threshold value can be set from 7 to 95 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 161 5 Measurements and Math Functions Measurement Definitions 162 Time Measurements FFT measurements When you make an X at Max Y or X at Min Y measurement on a math FFT function the resultant units will be in Hertz No other time related automatic measurement can be made on the FFT math function Use the cursors to make other measurements on FFT The default lower middle and upper measurement thresholds are 10 50 and 90 between Top and Base values See Measurement Thresholds on page 160 for other percentage threshold and absolute value threshold settings The following figure shows time measurement points Rise Time Fall Time lt gt Thresholds i Upper Middle Lower la Period gt Digital channel time measurements Automatic time measurements Delay Fall Time Phase Rise Time X at Max Y and X at Min Y and are not va
41. trigger buffer The position of the trigger event in acquisition memory is defined by the time reference point and the delay horizontal position setting see page 63 Trigger Event Pre Trigger Buffer Post Trigger Buffer Acquisition Memory Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscopes provide a full set of features to help automate your measurement tasks MegaZoom technology lets you capture and examine triggered or untriggered waveforms You can e Modify the way the oscilloscope acquires data e Set up simple or complex trigger conditions as needed to capture only the sequence of events you want to examine See Also Segmented Memory on page 234 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 97 4 Triggering Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu e Press the Mode Coupling key in the Trigger section of the front panel _ amp Mode gt Coupling Noise Rej HF Reject D Holdoff External Auto DC _ a 60ns ada models only 98 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Auto and Normal Trigger modes If you are acquiring a slow signal from a serial bus or another signal that arrives in bursts the oscilloscope may Auto trigger between signal bursts which will cause the display to appear unstable You can solve this problem by selecting the Normal trigger mode Choosing Auto Trigger Mode or Normal Trigger Mode If you press Run when the oscilloscope is in Norma
42. 10 ns H Zl Trigger m greater than a time value gt For example for a positive pulse if you set t gt 10 ns 10 10 i H Ins j Wns _4 _ Tigger within a range of time values gt lt For example for a positive pulse if you set t gt 10 ns and t lt 15 ns je 10ns_ ja 15ns 12ns Trigger J __ a 5 Select the qualifier time set softkey lt or gt then rotate the Entry knob to set the pulse width qualifier time The qualifiers can be set as follows 2 ns to 10 s for gt or lt qualifier 5 ns to 10 s for 350 MHz bandwidth models 10 ns to 10 s for gt lt qualifier with minimum difference of 5 ns between upper and lower settings InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 129 4 Triggering lt qualifier time set softkey e When the less than lt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a pulse width less than the time value displayed on the softkey e When the time range gt lt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the upper time range value gt qualifier time set softkey e When the greater than gt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a pulse width greater than the time value displayed on the softkey e When the time range gt lt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the lower time range value 130 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscillos
43. 2 0008 Triod E 3267 a Progress indicator Segment 1 of 206 0 0s 333MSa s Segmented gt Current Seg amp of Segs 1 756 Sample rate Navigating segments Press the Current Seg softkey and turn the Entry knob to display to the desired segment along with a time tag indicating the time from the first trigger event You can also press the Knob softkey to toggle between Current Segment and Time When Current Segment is selected the Horizontal position control knob moves the display to the desired segment When Time is selected the Horizontal position control knob moves the display horizontally just as it InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 235 7 236 Acquisition Modes does when Segmented Memory mode is not selected The Knob softkey also appears in the Horizontal Menu so you can make the same adjustments there Measurements statistics and infinite persistence To perform measurements and view statistical information press Meas and set up your desired measurements See List of Automatic Measurements on page 154 Then press Analyze Segments Statistical data will be accumulated for the measurements you have chosen The Analyze Segments softkey only appears when the acquisition is stopped and the optional segmented memory feature is on You can also turn on infinite persistence in the Display Menu and press the Analyze Segments softkey to create an infinite persistence d
44. 4 Channel 35 Front Panel Controls and Connectors 2 Channel differences only 36 Front Panel Control and Connector Descriptions 37 Do not connect a host computer to the oscilloscope s USB host port 37 Rear Panel 4 Channel 42 Rear Panel 2 Channel 43 Rear Panel Connector Descriptions 44 Front Panel Overlays for Different Languages 45 Using the Oscilloscope Softkey Menus 46 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Contents Become Familiar with the Osciilloscope Display 48 Access the Built In Quick Help 49 To view Quick Help 49 To select the Quick Help language 50 To get the latest Quick Help 50 Probing the Device Under Test 51 Analog Input Impedance 50 Ohm or 1 MOhm 52 AutoProbe Interface 52 Passive Probes 53 Active Probes 53 Connect the Probes to the Oscilloscope 55 A Maximum input voltage at analog inputs 55 Do not float the oscilloscope chassis 55 Compensating Passive Probes 56 Calibrating Probes 57 Manually Setting the Probe Attenuation Factor 59 Digital Probes 60 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Contents 3 Displaying Waveforms 61 Using the Horizontal Controls 62 To adjust the horizontal time div scale 63 To adjust the horizontal delay position 63 Panning and Zooming Single or Stopped Acquisitions 64 To change the horizontal time mode Normal XY or Roll 65 To display the zoomed time base 71 To change the horizontal scale knob s coarse fine adjustment setting
45. 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 217 6 218 Saving Recalling and Printing If two USB mass storage devices are connected to the oscilloscope the first one is designated USBO and the second one is designated USB5 not USB1 This numbering method is normal it is inherent in the USB driver A file that has been deleted from the USB mass storage device cannot be recovered by the oscilloscope Regarding USB Ports The USB port on the front panel and the USB port on the rear panel labeled HOST are USB Series A receptacles These are the receptacles to which you can connect USB mass storage devices and printers The square receptacle on the rear panel labeled DEVICE is provided for controlling the oscilloscope over USB See the Programmer s Guide for more information To access the Programmer s Guide online direct your web browser to e www agilent com find 7000manual System software System software files can be loaded into the oscilloscope These software updatescan be downloaded from e www agilent com find 7000sw See Software and Firmware Updates on page 410 for more information To use the file explorer Files can be loaded and deleted using the file explorer You can create directories on a USB mass storage device using your PC or other instrument You can navigate to any directory on the USB device by rotating and pushing the Entry knob 1 Connect a USB mass storage d
46. AN mixed signal oscilloscope 3 Route the cable under the oscilloscope and bring it out in front 360 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 17 4 Connect the ground lead on each set of channels each pod using a probe grabber The ground lead improves signal fidelity to the oscilloscope ensuring accurate measurements Channel Pod Ground Circuit Ground 5 Connect a grabber to one of the probe leads Other probe leads are omitted from the figure for clarity AW Grabber InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 361 17 362 Digital Channels 6 Connect the grabber to a node in the circuit you want to test 7 For high speed signals connect a ground lead to the probe lead connect a grabber to the ground lead and attach the grabber to ground in the device under test Signal Lead Ground Lead Grabber InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 17 8 Repeat steps 3 through 6 until you have connected all points of interest Signals Acquiring waveforms using the digital channels When you press Run Stop or Single to run the oscilloscope the oscilloscope examines the input voltage at each input probe When the trigger conditions are met the oscilloscope triggers and displays the acquisition For digital channels each time the oscilloscope takes a sample it compares the input voltage to the logic threshold
47. Apply New Label softkey to assign the label to your selected channel 5 Repeat the above procedure for each predefined label you want to assign to a channel 90 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 To define a new label Press the Label key 2 Press the Channel softkey then turn the Entry knob or successively press the softkey to select a channel for label assignment The channel does not have to be turned on to have a label assigned to it If the channel is turned on its current label will be highlighted 3 Press the Spell softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the first character in the new label Turning the Entry knob selects a character to enter into the highlighted position shown in the New label line above the softkeys and in the Spell softkey Labels can be up to ten characters in length 4 Press the Enter softkey to enter the selected character and to go to the next character position You may position the highlight on any character in the label name by successively pressing the Enter softkey 5 To delete a character from the label press the Enter softkey until the letter you want to delete is highlighted then press the Delete Character softkey 6 When you are done entering characters for the label press the Apply New Label softkey to assign the label to the selected channel When you define a new label it is added to the nonvolatile label list Label
48. Assignment Auto Increment When you assign a label ending in a digit such as ADDRO or DATAO the oscilloscope automatically increments the digit and displays the modified label in the New label field after you press the Apply New Label softkey Therefore you only need to select a new channel and press the Apply New Label softkey again to assign the label to the channel Only the original label is saved in the label list This feature makes it easier to assign successive labels to numbered control lines and data bus lines InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 91 3 Displaying Waveforms To load a list of labels from a text file you create It may be convenient to create a list of labels using a text editor then load the label list into the oscilloscope This lets you type on a keyboard rather than edit the label list using the oscilloscope s controls You can create a list of up to 75 labels and load it into the oscilloscope Labels are added to the beginning of the list If more than 75 labels are loaded only the first 75 are stored To load labels from a text file into the oscilloscope 1 Use a text editor to create each label Each label can be up to ten characters in length Separate each label with a line feed 2 Name the file labellist txt and save it on a USB mass storage device such as a thumb drive 3 Load the list into the oscilloscope using the File Explorer press Utility gt File Explorer
49. Device Under Test 2 Manually Setting the Probe Attenuation Factor The probe attenuation factor must be set properly for accurate measurement results If you connect a probe that is not automatically identified by the oscilloscope you can manually set the attenuation factor as follows 1 Press the channel key 2 Press the Probe softkey until you have selected how you want to specify the attenuation factor choosing either Ratio or Decibels 3 Turn the Entry knob to set the attenuation factor for the connected probe When measuring voltage values the attenuation factor can be set from 0 1 1 to 1000 1 in a 1 2 5 sequence When measuring current values with a current probe the attenuation factor can be set from 10 V A to 0 001 V A When specifying the attenuation factor in decibels you can select values from 20 dB to 60 GB If Amps is chosen as the units and a manual attenuation factor is chosen then the units as well as the attenuation factor are displayed above the Probe softkey Units and Attenuation Factor gt Units amp Probe Amps 0 005V A InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 59 2 Probing the Device Under Test Digital Probes Please see To connect the digital probes to the device under test on page 360 for information about digital probing 60 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide See Also Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide E
50. Label List Management When you press the Library softkey you will see a list of the last 75 labels used The list does not save duplicate labels Labels can end in any number of trailing digits As long as the base string is the same as an existing label in the library the new label will not be put in the library For example if label AO is in the library and you make a new label called A12345 the new label is not added to the library When you save a new user defined label the new label will replace the oldest label in the list Oldest is defined as the longest time since the label was last assigned to a channel Any time you assign any label to a channel that label will move to the newest in the list Thus after you use the label list for a while your labels will predominate making it easier to customize the instrument display for your needs When you reset the label library list see next topic all of your custom labels will be deleted and the label list will be returned to its factory configuration 92 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 To reset the label library to the factory default 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences gt More Pressing the Default Library softkey will remove all user defined labels from the library and set the labels back to the factory default Once deleted these user defined labels cannot be recovered 2 Press the Default Library softkey Th
51. Noise Rejection 106 Trigger Holdoff 107 Trigger Holdoff Operating Hints 107 To set holdoff 107 External Trigger Input 109 2 Channel Oscilloscope External Trigger Input 109 Maximum voltage at 2 channel oscilloscope external trigger input 110 4 Channel Oscilloscope External Trigger Input 111 Maximum voltage at 4 channel oscilloscope external triggerinput 111 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Contents Trigger Types 112 Duration Trigger 114 lt qualifier time set softkey 115 gt qualifier time set softkey 116 Edge Trigger 117 Glitch or Narrow Pulse Capture 119 Using Peak Detect Mode to Finda Glitch 121 Nth Edge Burst Trigger 123 Pattern Trigger 125 Hex Bus Pattern Trigger 126 Pulse Width Trigger 128 lt qualifier time set softkey 130 gt qualifier time set softkey 130 Sequence Trigger 131 Define the Find Stage 132 Define the Trigger on Stage 134 Define the Optional Reset on Stage 136 Adjust the Trigger Level 137 TV Trigger 138 TV Triggering Examples 142 To trigger on a specific line of video 142 To trigger on all sync pulses 144 To trigger on a specific field of the video signal 145 To trigger on all fields of the video signal 146 To trigger on odd orevenfields 147 USB Trigger 150 5 Measurements and Math Functions 153 List of Automatic Measurements 154 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 11 Contents 12 Making Automatic Measurements 156 Measur
52. PC to the oscilloscope via the USB device port See Remote Programming with Agilent IO Libraries on page 249 9 LAN Port You can communicate with the oscilloscope and use the Remote Front Panel feature using the LAN port See Web Interface on page 239 and Accessing the Web Interface on page 244 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 10 Kensington Lock This is where you can attach a Kensington lock for securing the instrument 11 Power Connector Attach the power cord here Front Panel Overlays for Different Languages A front panel overlay which labels the controls is available in Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese and Japanese The overlay is included when the localization option is chosen at time of purchase Remove the protective backing to expose the adhesive align the label with the top and left edge of the front panel and press the overlay into place SSS To remove the label carefully pull it away using the tab at the lower right corner InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 45 1 Getting Started The overlays can also be ordered separately at www parts agilent com using the following part numbers Part number Description 54695 94323 54695 94324 54695 94325 54695 94326 54695 94327 54695 94328 2CH Overlay Simplified Chinese 4CH Overlay Simplified Chinese 2CH Overlay Traditional Chinese 4CH Overlay
53. Probe coupling impedance limit vernier channel menu The ground level of the signal for each displayed analog channel is identified by the position of the p icon at the far left side of the display InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 77 3 78 Displaying Waveforms To turn waveforms on or off channel or math 1 Press an analog channel key turn the channel on or off and to display the channel s menu When a channel is on its key is illuminated Turning channels off You must be viewing the menu for a channel before you can turn it off For example if channel 1 and channel 2 are turned on and the menu for channel 2 is being displayed to turn channel 1 off press 1 to display channel 1 menu then press 1 again to turn channel 1 off To adjust the vertical scale 1 Turn the large knob above the channel key marked v Nj to set the vertical scale volts division for the channel The vertical scale knob changes the analog channel scale in a 1 2 5 step sequence with a 1 1 probe attached unless fine adjustment is enabled see To change the vertical scale knob s coarse fine adjustment setting on page 81 The analog channel Volts Div value is displayed in the status line The default mode for expanding the signal when you turn the volts division knob is vertical expansion about the ground level of the channel however you can change this to expand about the center of the display See
54. SCL line To set up the oscilloscope to capture C signals use the Signals softkey which appears in the Trigger Menu or the Settings softkey which appears in the Serial Decode Menu 1 2 3 Press Label to turn on labels Press Trigger then select the c trigger type Press the Signals softkey to display the I C Signals Menu Connect an oscilloscope channel to the SCL serial clock line in the device under test then set the SCL clock channel softkey to that channel As you press the SCL softkey or rotate the Entry knob the SCL label for the source channel is automatically set and the channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to uyot Connect an oscilloscope channel to the SDA serial data line in the device under test then set the SDA data channel softkey to that channel As you press the SDA softkey or rotate the Entry knob the SDA label for the source channel is automatically set and the channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to Ie Set the trigger levels for the SCL and SDA signals to the middle of the signals If your re signals are connected to analog channels press the SCL softkey and rotate the Trigger Level knob then press the SDA softkey and rotate the Trigger Level knob If your re signals are connected to digital channels this applies to MSO model oscilloscopes only press the Digital key and the Thresholds softkey to
55. Saving and Recalling Data on page 206 Quick Freeze Display freezes the display without stopping acquisitions For more information see To freeze the display on page 87 Once the Quick Action key is configured you simply press it to perform the selected action 382 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Oscilloscope Utility Settings 18 Setting Oscilloscope Preferences The User Preferences Menu under Utility gt Options gt Preferences lets you specify preferences like the vertical expansion reference antialiasing screen saver autoscale options transparent backgrounds or loading the default label library To choose expand about center or ground When you change a channel s volts division setting the waveform display can be set to expand or compress about the signal ground level or the center of the display To set the waveform expansion reference point 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences gt Expand and select Ground The displayed waveform will expand about the position of the channel s ground This is the default setting The ground level of the signal is identified by the position of the ground level 2 icon at the far left side of the display The ground level will not move when you adjust the vertical sensitivity volts division control If the ground level is off screen the waveform will expand about the top or bottom edge of the screen based on where th
56. See To adjust the horizontal delay position on page 63 To navigate the time base You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through captured data marks in the serial decode Lister or segmented memory acquisitions To navigate time When acquisitions are stopped you can use the navigation controls to play through the captured data 1 Press Navigate 2 In the Navigate Menu press Navigate then select Time 74 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 3 Press the OIOI navigation keys to play backward stop or play forward in time You can press the Oor keys multiple times to speed up the playback There are three speed levels To navigate marks in the Lister When acquisitions are stopped and serial decode is enabled you can use the navigation controls to go to marks in the Lister set using the Search key and menu 1 Press Navigate 2 In the Navigate Menu press Navigate then select Search 3 Press the back and forward keys to go to the previous or next mark 4 Press the stop key to set or clear a mark The Auto zoom softkey specifies whether the waveform display is automatically zoomed to fit the marked row as you navigate Pressing the Scroll Lister softkey lets you use the Entry knob to scroll through data rows in the Lister display To navigate segments When the segmented memory acquisition is enabled and acquisitions are stop
57. Signal Oscilloscope MSO Upgrade a DSO to an MSO Order N2735 N2736A or N2737A Adds 16 digital channels You do not have to install any You can easily install this option yourself hardware The digital probe cable kit is supplied with the MSO license PWR U1881A Power Application Order U1881A Lets your oscilloscope communicate with software running ona Application runs on PC connected to PC for characterizing power devices InfiniiVision oscilloscope Optional U1880A deskew fixture available SEC Secure Environment Mode Available at time of purchase only See also Nonvolatile memory is cleared of all setup and trace settings in Page 396 compliance with National Industrial Security Program Operation Manual NISPOM Chapter 8 requirements SGM Segmented Memory Order N5454A Lets you capture infrequent or burst signals with great You can easily install this option yourself resolution by eliminating the capture of your signal s dead time SND 2S serial decode option for 4 channel or 4 16 channel models Order N5468A only You can easily install this option yourself Other Options Available Table 10 Calibration Option Option Order A6J ANSI Z540 Compliant Calibration InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 395 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings 396 Upgrading to an MSO A license can be installed to activate the digital channels of an oscilloscope that was not originally ordered as
58. Triggering 306 I2S Serial Decode 309 The N5468A IS audio triggering and decode option Option SND requires a four channel InfiniiVision Series oscilloscope a Agilent Technologies 301 12 Is Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for I2S Signals 302 An PS Inter IC Sound or Integrated Interchip Sound trigger setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to the serial clock word select and serial data lines To set up the oscilloscope to capture I S signals use the Signals and Bus Config softkeys which appear in both the Trigger Menu and the Serial Decode Menu 1 Press Label to turn on labels 2 Press Trigger then select the Is trigger type 3 Press Signals to open the I S Signals Menu A diagram appears showing WS SCLK and SDATA signals for the currently specified bus configuration LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL T l IL sou ULL ULL ONE SCLK a RE be Se Si Py ea Sy 2 MSB SCLK D WS amp SDATA D14 D15 1 4 Connect an oscilloscope channel to the SCLK serial clock line in the device under test If the channel is not already switched on switch it on now and return to this menu by pressing Trigger gt Signals Rotate the Entry knob to set the SCLK clock channel softkey to the SCLK channel As you rotate the Entry knob the SCLK label for the source channel is automatically set and the channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to 12g
59. Web Enabled Oscilloscope MSO7104B Af Agilent Technologies KOSICE S5 Information about this Web Enabled Instrument MSO7104B Oscilloscope Agilent MSO7104B MY49250013 a m7104b 250013 cos agilent com 130 29 111 5 TCPIPO a m7104b 250013 INSTR i Advanced information Identification off on Use the navigation bar on the left to access your Oscilloscope and related information Agilent Technologies Inc 2006 2010 244 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 8 Browser Web Control The web interface s Browser Web Control page gives you access to the Remote Front Panel and the SCPI Command window applet for Remote Programming If Java is not installed on your PC you will be prompted to install the Sun Microsystems Java Plug in This plug in must be installed on the controlling PC for the web interface s Remote Front Panel or Remote Programming operations Remote Front Panel To operate the oscilloscope using the web interface s Remote Front Panel 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 244 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select Browser Web Control then select Remote Front Panel After a few seconds the Remote Front Panel appears 3 Use the Main Menu and the Function Keys to control the oscilloscope To view Quick Help right click on a softkey InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscill
60. X at Max Y is the X axis value usually time at the first displayed occurrence of the waveform Maximum starting from the left side of the display For periodic signals the position of the maximum may vary throughout the waveform The X cursor shows where the current X at Max Y value is being measured To measure the peak of an FFT 1 Select FFT as the Operator in the Waveform Math Menu 2 Choose Math f t as the source in the Measurement Menu 3 Choose Maximum and X at Max Y measurements InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 165 5 166 Measurements and Math Functions Maximum units are in dB and X at Max Y units are in Hertz for FFT X at Min Y X at Min Y is the X axis value usually time at the first displayed occurrence of the waveform Minimum starting from the left side of the display For periodic signals the position of the minimum may vary throughout the waveform The X cursor shows where the current X at Min Y value is being measured Delay and Phase Measurements Digital channel measurements Automatic measurements Phase and Delay are not valid for digital channels on the mixed signal oscilloscope or for the math FFT function The two sources defined in the phase and delay measurement must be turned on Delay Delay measures the time difference from the selected edge on source 1 and the selected edge on source 2 closest to the trigger reference point at the middle threshold points on the wav
61. Y1 cursor short dashed horizontal line and Y2 cursor long dashed horizontal line adjust vertically and indicate values relative to the waveform s ground point except math FFT where the values are relative to 0 dB In XY horizontal mode the Y cursors display channel 2 values Volts or Amps InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 177 5 Measurements and Math Functions When active the Y1 and Y2 cursor values for the selected waveform source are displayed in the softkey menu area The difference between Y1 and Y2 AY is displayed on the dedicated line above the softkeys or in the display area when some menus are selected To make cursor measurements If you intend to make cursor measurements on a trace that you recall from memory be sure to recall both setup and trace See To recall waveform trace and or oscilloscope setup on page 216 1 Connect a signal to the oscilloscope and obtain a stable display 2 Press the Cursors key The key will illuminate indicating that cursors are on Press the key again when you want to turn cursors off 3 In the Cursors Menu press Mode the select the desired mode Manual AX 1 AX and AY values are displayed AX is the difference between the X1 and X2 cursors and AY is the difference between the Y1 and Y2 cursors Track Waveform As you move a marker horizontally the vertical amplitude of the waveform is tracked and measured At the bottom o
62. a a sol T 1 7 8 9 icsi I 9S 1 7 i SIG I C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Frame Start Addr7 Read Ack Data Ack Data2 or Frame Start Addr7 Write Ack Data Ack Data2 The oscilloscope triggers on a read or write frame in 7 bit addressing mode on the 26th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match For triggering purposes a restart is treated as a start condition a Write Start Address R W ie Data Ack Data 2 l Ack Stop Condition Trigger point Condition 26th clock edge 10 bit Write The oscilloscope triggers on a 10 bit write frame on the 26th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match The frame is in the format Frame Start Address byte 1 Write Address byte 2 Ack Data For triggering purposes a restart is treated as a start condition a SDA N C A XN Li sor A1 7 8 9 1 8 9 1 7 Hoi S r Address R Acki Address Ack Data mi Stop Restart ist byte 2nd byte Trigger pon Condition Condition th clock edge 3 If you have set the oscilloscope to trigger on an EEPROM Data Read condition Press the Data is softkey to set the oscilloscope to trigger when data is equal to not equal to lt less than or gt greater than the data value set in the Data softkey InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 11 The oscilloscope will trigger on the clock edge for the Ack bit after the trigger event is f
63. a digitized waveform Complex analog signals like video and modulated signals show analog like intensity information with vectors on e Vectors allow you to see steep edges on waveforms such as square waves e Vectors allow subtle detail of complex waveforms to be viewed much like an analog oscilloscope trace even when the detail is just a small number of pixels in size You may want to turn vectors off when highly complex or multivalued waveforms are displayed Turning vectors off may aid the display of multivalued waveforms such as eye diagrams Having vectors on does not slow down the display rate The oscilloscope turns vectors on whenever the acquisition system stops Digital channels on a mixed signal oscilloscope are not affected by the Display Menu They are always displayed with vectors on They also only contain one acquisition worth of information To freeze the display To freeze the display without stopping running acquisitions 1 Press the Display key 2 Press the Freeze Display softkey To un freeze the display press Freeze Display again InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 87 3 Displaying Waveforms Many activities such as adjusting the trigger level adjusting vertical or horizontal settings or saving data will un freeze the display Manual cursors can be used on the frozen display 88 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 Using Labels
64. a valid C S Sync pulse Command Status Word Stop triggers on the end of a Command Status word Remote Terminal Address triggers if the RTA of the Command Status word matches the specified value When this option is selected the RTA softkey appears and lets you select the hex Remote Terminal Address value to trigger on If you select OxXX don t cares the oscilloscope will trigger on any RTA Remote Terminal Address 11 Bits triggers if the RTA and the remaining 11 bits match the specified criteria When this option is selected the RTA Bits softkey appears and opens the MIL STD 1553 RTA 11 Bits Menu In this menu The RTA softkey lets you select the hex Remote Terminal Address value The Bit Time softkey lets you select the bit time position The 01X softkey lets you set the bit time position value as a 1 0 or X don t care InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial Decode 14 Parity Error triggers if the odd parity bit is incorrect for the data in the word Manchester Error triggers if a Manchester encoding error is detected Sync Error triggers if an invalid Sync pulse is found To display MIL STD 1553 serial decode see MIL STD 1553 Serial Decode on page 327 MIL STD 1553 Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture MIL STD 1553 signals see Setup for MIL STD 1553 Signals on page 325 Before you can select serial
65. access the threshold level setting softkeys and set the thresholds to the approximate middle of the signals InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide I C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 11 Data must be stable during the whole high clock cycle or it will be interpreted as a start or stop condition data transitioning while the clock is high InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 283 11 C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode c Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture C signals see Setup for I2C Signals on page 282 After the oscilloscope has been set up to capture PC signals you can trigger on a stop start condition a restart a missing acknowledge an EEPROM data read or on a read write frame with a specific device address and data value 1 Press Trigger then select the rc trigger type 2 Repeatedly press and release the Trigger softkey or rotate the Entry knob to select the trigger condition 284 Start Condition The oscilloscope triggers when SDA data transitions from high to low while the SCL clock is high For triggering purposes including frame triggers a restart is treated as a start condition Stop Condition The oscilloscope triggers when data SDA transitions from low to high while the clock SCL is high 1 l SCL ar PIO 7 S8 79S SS ce Start Address Ack Data Ack Stop Condition Condition Missing Acknowledge The oscilloscope triggers w
66. acquisition An extra bit of vertical resolution is produced for every factor of 4 averages The number of extra bits of vertical resolution is dependent on the time per division setting sweep speed of the scope The slower the sweep speed the greater the number of samples that are averaged together for each display point High Resolution mode can be used on both single shot and repetitive signals and it does not slow waveform update because the computation is done in the MegaZoom custom ASIC High Resolution mode limits the oscilloscope s real time bandwidth because it effectively acts like a low pass filter InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Modes 7 2 GSa s Sample Rate 4 GSa s Sample Rate Bits of resolution lt 50 ns div lt 50 ns div 8 200 ns div 100 ns div 9 1 us div 500 ns div 10 5 us div 2 us div 11 gt 20 us div gt 10 us div 12 Averaging Mode The Averaging mode lets you average multiple acquisitions together to reduce noise and increase vertical resolution at all sweep speeds Averaging requires a stable trigger The number of averages can be set from 2 to 65536 in powers of 2 increments A higher number of averages reduces noise more and increases vertical resolution Avgs Bits of resolution 2 8 4 9 16 10 64 11 gt 256 12 The higher the number of averages the slower the displayed waveform responds to waveform changes You must compromise between
67. an integral number of cycles of the sampled waveform in the record a discontinuity is created at the end of the record This is referred to as leakage In order to minimize spectral leakage windows that approach zero smoothly at the beginning and end of the signal are employed as filters to the FFT The FFT Menu provides four windows Hanning flattop InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 rectangular and Blackman Harris For more information on leakage see Agilent Application Note 243 The Fundamentals of Signal Analysis at http cp literature agilent com litweb pdf 5952 8898E pdf FFT Operation 1 Press the Math key press the Function softkey and select f t press the Operator softkey and select FFT Sample rate FFT Ch1 FFT Sample Rate 100kSa s gt Function amp Operator gt Source 1 5 2 More FFT cu Displayed Source Preset Span Vertical and function select and Center Window FFT selected frequencies controls Source 1 selects the source for the FFT See page 184 for information about using g t as the source Preset sets the frequency Span and Center to values that will cause the entire available spectrum to be displayed The maximum available frequency is half the effective FFT sample rate which is a function of the time per division setting The current FFT sample rate is displayed above the softkeys More FFT displays the More
68. as follows where o the standard deviation N the number of measurements taken x the ih measurement result x the mean Top The Top of a waveform is the mode most common value of the upper part of the waveform or if the mode is not well defined the top is the same as Maximum The Y cursor shows the value being measured InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 173 5 Measurements and Math Functions To isolate a pulse for Top measurement The following figure shows how to use Zoom mode to isolate a pulse for a Top measurement Figure 20 Isolating area for Top measurement Measure Current Mean Min Max Std Dev Count Top 1 2 92V 2 9194V 2 90V 2 93V 3 6420mV 6 322k Top wv wv wv Overshoot and Preshoot Measurements Digital channel time measurements Automatic measurements Preshoot and Overshoot are not valid measurements for the math FFT function or for digital channels on the mixed signal oscilloscope 174 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Preshoot Preshoot is distortion that precedes a major edge transition expressed as a percentage of Amplitude The X cursors show which edge is being measured edge closest to the trigger reference point Rising edge preshoot Base Dlocal Minimum X 100 Amplitude Falling edge preshoot local Marima R TOR X 100 Amplitude local Maximum Preshoot Preshoot local Minimum Oversho
69. be set to either 50 Qor 1 MQ The 50 Q mode matches 50 Q cables and many active probes commonly used in making high frequency measurements This impedance matching gives you the most accurate measurements because reflections are minimized along the signal path The 1 MQ impedance is commonly required for use with most passive probes If you would like to connect to the oscilloscope using 50 ohm BNC cables instead select the 50 ohm input impedance mode For instructions on setting the input impedance see To specify channel input impedance on page 79 For more information on probing visit www agilent com find scope_probes Information about selecting a probe can be found in document number 5989 6162EN Agilent Oscilloscope Probes and Accessories Selection Guide available at www agilent com AutoProbe Interface The AutoProbe interface uses a series of contacts directly below the channel s BNC connector to transfer information between the oscilloscope and the probe When you connect a compatible probe to the oscilloscope the AutoProbe interface determines the type of probe and sets the oscilloscope s parameters units offset attenuation coupling and impedance accordingly 52 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Probing the Device Under Test 2 Passive Probes All InfiniiVision oscilloscopes recognize passive probes such as the 10073C 10074C and 1165A These probes have a pin on their connector that
70. be turned on in Normal Peak Detect or High Resolution acquisition modes It cannot be turned on when the acquisition mode is Averaging When Realtime sampling is on as in the default setup e When less than 1000 samples can be collected in the time spanned by the screen a sophisticated reconstruction filter is used to fill in and enhance the waveform display If you press the Stop key and pan and zoom through the waveform using the Horizontal and Vertical controls only the last trigger s acquisition will be displayed When Realtime sampling is off e The oscilloscope produces the waveform display from samples collected from multiple acquisitions In this case the reconstruction filter is not used Realtime Sampling and Oscilloscope Bandwidth To accurately reproduce a sampled waveform the sample rate should be at least four times the highest frequency component of the waveform If not it is possible for the reconstructed waveform to be distorted or aliased Aliasing is most commonly seen as jitter on fast edges The maximum sample rate for 350 MHz bandwidth oscilloscopes is 2 GSa s The maximum sample rate for 1 GHz and 500 MHz bandwidth oscilloscopes is 4 GSa s for a single channel in a channel pair Channels 1 and 2 constitute a channel pair and channels 3 and 4 constitute another channel pair For example the sample rate of a 4 channel oscilloscope is 4 GSa s when channels 1 and 3 1 and 4 2 and 3 or 2 and 4 a
71. center of the screen and decrease frequency span to increase the display resolution As frequency span is decreased the number of points shown is reduced and the display is magnified While the FFT spectrum is displayed use the Math and Cursors keys to switch between measurement functions and frequency domain controls in FFT Menu Decreasing the effective sampling rate by selecting a slower sweep speed will increase the low frequency resolution of the FFT display and also increase the chance that an alias will be displayed The resolution of the FFT is the effective sample rate divided by the number of points in the FFT The actual resolution of the display will not be this fine as the shape of the window will be the actual limiting factor in the FFTs ability to resolve two closely space frequencies A good way to test the ability of the FFT to resolve two closely spaced frequencies is to examine the sidebands of an amplitude modulated sine wave InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 For the best vertical accuracy on peak measurements e Make sure the probe attenuation is set correctly The probe attenuation is set from the Channel Menu if the operand is a channel e Set the source sensitivity so that the input signal is near full screen but not clipped e Use the Flat Top window e Set the FFT sensitivity to a sensitive range such as 2 dB division For best frequency accur
72. channels and math waveforms This format is suitable for spreadsheet analysis Serial decode Lister data is also saved in CSV format See also page 422 ASCII XY data file This creates a file of comma separated variables for each displayed channel including serial decode waveforms If the oscilloscope acquisition is stopped then data records greater than 1000 points can be written This format is also suitable for spreadsheets BIN data file This creates a binary file with a header and data in the form of time and voltage pairs This file is much smaller than the ASCII XY data file If the oscilloscope acquisition is stopped then data records greater than 1000 points can be written See also page 414 ALB data file This creates a file in an Agilent proprietary format which can be read by Agilent logic analyzers You can use Agilent s B4610A Data import tool for offline viewing and analysis Mask test data file This creates a mask file in an Agilent proprietary format which can be read by Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscopes A mask data file includes certain setup information but not all setup information To save all setup information including the mask data file choose Trace and Setup format instead See also Analyzing Data on page 343 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Saving Recalling and Printing 6 Choosing Save Settings Press Save Recall gt Save gt Settings to cha
73. connects to the ring around the oscilloscope s BNC connector Therefore the oscilloscope will automatically set the attenuation factor for recognized Agilent passive probes Passive probes that do not have a pin that connects to the ring around the BNC connector will not be recognized by the oscilloscope and you must set the probe attenuation factor manually See page 59 The following passive probes can be used with the InfiniiVision oscilloscopes Any combination of passive probes can be used Table2 Passive Probes Passive Probes Quantity Supported 1165A Passive probe 10 1 600 MHz 1 5 m 4 10070C Passive probe 1 1 20 MHz 1 5 m 10073C Passive probe 10 1 500 MHz 1 5 m 10074C Passive probe 10 1 150 MHz 1 5 m 10076A Passive probe 100 1 4 kV 250 MHz gt Ae fF A gt N2863A Passive probe 10 1 300 MHz 1 2 m Active Probes Most Agilent active probes are compatible with the AutoProbe interface Active probes that do not have their own external power supply require substantial power from the AutoProbe interface Quantity Supported indicates the maximum number of each type of active probe that can be connected to the oscilloscope If too much current is drawn from the AutoProbe interface an error message will be displayed indicating that you must momentarily disconnect all probes to reset the AutoProbe interface then connect only the supported quantity of active probes InfiniiVision 7000B Series Osc
74. data file format settings in Save Menu You can acquire data from the oscilloscope in ALB format then analyze it offline on a PC using the Agilent B4610A Data Import Tool for Offline Viewing and Analysis See Agilent publication number 5989 7834EN at www agilent com When you choose any ALB format other than Default waveforms from the analog channels if displayed are also digitized and displayed as digital waveforms The analog channel s trigger level determines the point at which the voltage is considered a logic 1 or 0 Available ALB serial formats include InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 213 6 214 Saving Recalling and Printing Default CAN I2C LIN UART RS232 SPI 2 Wire Serial SPI 8 Wire Serial SPI 4 Wire Serial To select a serial format for the ALB data file 1 Press Save Recall gt Save 2 Press Format and select ALB 3 Press Settings 4 Press Format and select the format for the ALB data file If you connect your serial bus signals to the oscilloscope as shown in the following table the labels in the analysis software will be correct If you do not then you will have to re map the signals in the analysis software InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Table6 Recommended Signal Mapping Label TxRS232 RxRS232 12C 12C SPI2 2 wire SPI2 SPI3 3 wire SPI3 SPI3 SPI4 4 wire SP14 SP14 SP14 CAN LIN Signal Tx Rx
75. data in the serial decode waveform and in the Lister 4 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 5 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the SPI signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the Zoom horizontal sweep mode for easier navigation of the acquired data InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 297 11 298 I C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Interpreting SPI Decode Og ge 00s 1 00087 Auto s B TTL 05X02 06 41 47X05 FERXYO5 FRXO2 08 49 4C 45 4E 54 03 06 00 Decod Angled waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame Mid level blue lines show an idle bus The number of clocks in a frame appears in light blue above the frame to the right Decoded hexadecimal data values appear in white Decoded text is truncated at the end of the associated frame when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries Red dots in the decode line indicate that there is data that is not being displayed Scroll or expand the horizontal scale to view the information Aliased bus values undersampled or indeterminate are drawn in red Unknown bus values undefined or error conditions are drawn in red InfiniiVision
76. decode of MIL STD 1553 signals the trigger type must be set to MIL STD 1553 or one of the non serial triggering modes See MIL STD 1553 Triggering on page 326 When MIL STD 1553 is selected as the trigger mode only MIL STD 1553 decode is available To set up MIL STD 1553 serial decode 1 Press Serial then select the MIL STD 1553 serial decode mode amp Mode 4D Lower Ch gt Base Lister MIL 1553 2 Auto Setup Hex ae 2 Use the Base softkey to select between hexadecimal and binary display of the decoded data The base setting is used for the display of the remote terminal address and the data in both the decode line and in the Lister You can use the Zoom horizontal sweep mode for easier navigation of the acquired data InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 327 14 MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial Decode Interpreting MIL STD 1553 Decode To display serial decode information you must press Run or Single after switching on serial decode amp Mode D Upper Ch gt Lower Ch Base Lister vats Oe The MIL STD 1553 decode display is color coded as follows e Command and Status decoded data is colored green with the Remote Terminal Address 5 bits of data being displayed first then the text C S followed by the value of the remaining 11 bits of a Command Status word e Data word decoded data is colored white preceded by the text D e Command Status or Data words with a Parit
77. devices and ripple control units InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 411 19 Reference Transient Withstand Capability A Maximum input voltage at analog inputs and 2 channel external trigger input CAT 300 Vrms 400 Vpk transient overvoltage 1 6 kVpk CAT II 100 Vrms 400 Vpk 50Q input 5 Vrms Input protection is enabled in 50 Q mode and the 50 Q load will disconnect if greater than 5 Vrms is detected However the inputs could still be damaged depending on the time constant of the signal The 50 input protection only functions when the oscilloscope is powered on 1 M ohm input 100 MHz models For steady state sinusoidal waveforms derate at 20 dB decade above 200 kHz toa minimum of 10 Vpk 1 M ohm input 350 MHz 500 MHz 1 GHz models For steady state sinusoidal waveforms derate at 20 dB decade above 57 kHz to a minimum of 5 Vpk With N2863A 10 1 probe CAT I 600 V CAT II 300 V DC peak AC With 10073C or 10074C 10 1 probe CAT I 500 Vpk CAT II 400 Vpk A Maximum input voltage at digital channels 40 V peak CAT l transient overvoltage 800 Vpk 412 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 19 Environmental Conditions Environment Indoor use only Ambient temperature Operating 10 C to 55 C non operating 40 C to 70 C Humidity Operating 95 RH at 40 C for 24 hr non operating 90 RH at 65 C for 24 hr Altitude Operating to 4 570 m 15 00
78. displayed in the upper right corner of the display 7 Press the Trigger softkey to select where the USB trigger will occur SOP Start of Packet triggers at the Sync bit at the beginning of the packet EOP End of Packet triggers at the end of the SEO portion of the EOP RC Reset Complete triggers when SEO is gt 10 ms Suspend Enter Suspend triggers when the bus is idle gt 3 ms Exit Sus Exit Suspend triggers when exiting an idle state gt 10 ms This is used to see the suspend resume transition End of packet trigger D i aa LE AEGA y SOP SEO portion of EOP InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 151 4 Triggering 152 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide See Also Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 5 Measurements and Math Functions List of Automatic Measurements 154 Making Automatic Measurements 156 Measurement Definitions 162 Cursor Measurements 177 Math Functions 183 Multiply 187 Add or Subtract 189 Differentiate 191 Integrate 193 Square Root 195 FFT Measurement 197 e Enabling Presision Measurements and Math on page 357 e To specify the measurement window for Zoom mode on page 386 cii Agilent Technologies 153 5 Measurements and Math Functions List of Automatic Measurements 154 You can press the Meas key and select an automatic measurement Follow the link or go to t
79. do not see the waveform ensure your power source is adequate the oscilloscope is powered on the power cord is firmly inserted into the oscilloscope receptacle and the probe is connected securely to the front panel oscilloscope channel input BNC and to the Probe Comp terminal How AutoScale works AutoScale analyzes any waveforms present at each channel and at the external trigger input This includes the digital channels on MSO models AutoScale finds turns on and scales any channel with a repetitive waveform that has a frequency of at least 50 Hz a duty cycle greater than 0 5 and an amplitude of at least 10 mV peak to peak Any channels that do not meet these requirements are turned off The trigger source is selected by looking for the first valid waveform starting with external trigger then continuing with the highest number analog channel down to the lowest number analog channel and finally if the oscilloscope is an MSO the highest number digital channel During AutoScale the delay is set to 0 0 seconds the sweep speed setting is a function of the input signal about 2 periods of the triggered signal on the screen and the triggering mode is set to Edge Vectors remain in the state they were before the AutoScale InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 33 1 Getting Started Become Familiar with Oscilloscope Controls and Connectors 34 On the front panel key refers to any key button you c
80. e Missing Ack highlighted in red error if it has an X 290 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide I C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 11 Searching for I C Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of I C data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With I2C selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press Search for then select from these options Missing Acknowledge finds SDA data is high during any Ack SCL clock bit Address with no Ack finds when the acknowledge of the selected address field is false The R W bit is ignored Restart finds when another start condition occurs before a stop condition EEPROM Data Read finds EEPROM control byte value 1010xxx on the SDA line followed by a Read bit and an Ack bit It then looks for the data value and qualifier set by the Data is softkey and the Data softkeys Frame Start Address7 Read Ack Data finds a read frame on the 17th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match Frame Start Address7 Write Ack Data finds a write frame on the 17th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match Frame Start Address7 Read Ack Data Ack Data2 finds a read frame on the 26th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match Frame Start Address7 Write Ack Data Ack Data2 finds a write frame on
81. error Overload Frame Finds CAN overload frames For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 259 270 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 10 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see To navigate the time base on page 74 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 271 10 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for LIN Signals 272 LIN Local Interconnect Network trigger setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to a serial LIN signal To set up the oscilloscope to capture LIN signals use the Signals softkey which appears in both the Trigger Menu and the Serial Decode Menu 1 Press Label to turn on labels 2 Press Trigger then select the LIN trigger type 3 Press the Signals softkey The LIN Signals Menu will be displayed 4 amp 9 Source Baud Rate gt Smpl Pt gt Standard 4D Syne Break 1 60 0 LIN 1 3 gt 13 4 Press the Source softkey to select the channel connected to the LIN signal line 5 Set the trigger or threshold levels to the middle of the LIN signal If you have connected one of the oscilloscope s analog source channels to the LIN signal adjust the trigger level for the selected analog channel to the middle of the waveform by turning the Trigger Level knob If you have connected one of the oscilloscope s digital source channels to the LI
82. field SYNC will appear in red InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 277 10 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 278 e If the header exceeds the length specified in the standard THM will appear red e If the total frame count exceeds the length specified in the standard TFM will appear red LIN 1 3 only e For LIN 1 3 a wakeup signal is indicated by WAKE in blue If the wakeup signal is not followed by a valid wakeup delimiter a wakeup error is detected and displayed as WUP in red Interpreting LIN Lister Data Time ID_ Data Checksum Errors 77 74ms 21 A6 9E 42 9A DD 60 63ms 12 02 00 FD 43 52ms 30 4E 54 21 41 47 49 4C 45 D8 19 86ms 21 53 4F 21 4D EE 10 14 35ms AO A3 24 A6 22 6C 38 01ms 21 A9 A7 90 AG 77 55 11ms 12 00 80 7F 72 22ms Data 01 00 D 51 12 53 91 Lister Display amp 9 Scroll Zoom to Undo Options L Lister Selection Zoom In addition to the standard Time column the LIN Lister contains these columns e ID frame ID e Data LIN 1 3 only data bytes e Checksum LIN 1 3 only InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 10 e Data and Checksum LIN 2 0 only e Errors highlighted in red Searching for LIN Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of LIN data in the Lister You can use
83. for Both Probe Circuit Models 100kQ 10kQ 4 High Frequency Model 1kQ S Typi 2 Ypical S 109 Model 2 109 1o ao o 10kHz 100kHz 1MHz 10MHz 10MH 1Gz Frequency The logic probes are represented by the high frequency circuit model shown above They are designed to provide as much series tip resistance as possible Stray tip capacitance to ground is minimized by the proper mechanical design of the probe tip assembly This provides the maximum input impedance at high frequencies Probe Grounding A probe ground is the low impedance path for current to return to the source from the probe Increased length in this path will at high frequencies create large common mode voltages at the probe input The voltage generated behaves as if this path were an inductor according to the equation di V Ly InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 17 Increasing the ground inductance L increasing the current di or decreasing the transition time dt will all result in increasing the voltage V When this voltage exceeds the threshold voltage defined in the oscilloscope a false data measurement will occur Sharing one probe ground with many probes forces all the current that flows into each probe to return through the same common ground inductance of the probe whose ground return is used The result is increased current di in the above equation and depending on the transition time dt
84. freeze display 382 Quick Freeze Display 382 Frequency measurement 163 frequency requirements power source 29 front panel 7000 Series 35 36 language overlay 45 front panel keys 46 FRS Option 393 G g t 184 gateway IP 242 glitch capture 119 glitch trigger 128 golden waveform test 344 grabber 361 362 graphic symbols in menus 46 graphical user interface languages 50 graphics version 397 graticule intensity 86 grid intensity 86 ground level 77 Hanning window 200 HDTV trigger 138 help system built in 49 hex bus trigger 126 Hex softkey 127 HF Reject 104 105 high frequency noise rejection 105 high resolution mode 227 228 holdoff 107 Horiz key 62 66 72 122 horizontal controls 65 horizontal Navigate key 40 horizontal position control 40 horizontal scale fine adjustment 73 horizontal Search key 40 horizontal sweep speed control 40 horizontal time div control 40 horizontal Zoom key 40 host name 239 242 12C serial decode 309 318 12C trigger 284 12S serial decode 309 327 12S trigger 306 326 idle serial bus 267 277 289 298 310 340 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Index Imped softkey 80 impedance digital probes 374 external trigger 111 increment statistics 159 indeterminate state 179 infinite persistence 85 119 224 clearing 86 infrequent triggers 232 input impedance channel input 80 external
85. horizontal delay position knob lt gt Notice that the delay value is displayed in the status line The delay knob moves the normal sweep horizontally and it pauses at 0 00 s mimicking a mechanical detent Changing the delay time moves the sweep horizontally and indicates how far the trigger point solid inverted triangle is from the time reference point hollow inverted triangle V These reference points are indicated along the top of the display grid The previous figure shows the trigger point with the delay time set to 400 us The delay time number tells you how far the time reference point is located from the trigger point When delay time is set to zero the delay time indicator overlays the time reference indicator All events displayed left of the trigger point happened before the trigger occurred These events are called pre trigger information and they show events that led up to the trigger point InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 63 3 64 Displaying Waveforms Everything to the right of the trigger point is called post trigger information The amount of delay range pre trigger and post trigger information available depends on the sweep speed selected and memory depth Note that the horizontal position knob has a different purpose in the Zoom display See To display the zoomed time base on page 71 The horizontal position knob works in the Normal time mode while acquisitions ar
86. how quickly the waveform responds to changes and how much you want to reduce the displayed noise on the signal InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 229 7 Acquisition Modes To use the Averaging mode 1 Press the Acquire key then press the Acq Mode softkey until the Averaging mode is selected 2 Press the Avgs softkey and turn the Entry knob to set the number of averages that best eliminates the noise from the displayed waveform 230 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Modes 7 The number of acquisitions being averaged is displayed in the Avgs softkey Figure 33 Random noise on the displayed waveform D 10v 8 g g 3g 00s 10 009 Auto f E 270V Acquire Menu 4 00GSa s lt 9 Acq Mode A Realtime Segmented Normal E E a Figure 34 128 Averages used to reduce random noise D 10v g f g ae 00s 10 0083 Auto W 270V Acquire Menu 4 00GSa s Acq Mode 49 Avgs F Segmented Averaging 128 mf lt See also Trigger Noise Rejection on page 104 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 231 7 232 Acquisition Modes Realtime Sampling Option Realtime sampling specifies that the oscilloscope produce the waveform display from samples collected during one trigger event that is one acquisition Use Realtime sampling to capture infrequent triggers unstable triggers or complex changing waveforms such as eye diagrams Realtime sampling can
87. information on a tag and attach it to the oscilloscope Name and address of owner Model number Serial number Description of service required or failure indication 2 Remove accessories from the oscilloscope Only return accessories to Agilent Technologies if they are associated with the failure symptoms 3 Package the oscilloscope You can use the original shipping container or provide your own materials sufficient to protect the instrument during shipping 4 Seal the shipping container securely and mark it FRAGILE 402 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide To contact Agilent Americas Canada 877 894 4414 Latin America 305 269 7500 United States 800 829 4444 Asia Pacific Australia 1 800 629 485 China 800 810 0189 Hong Kong 800 938 693 India 1 800 112 929 Japan 81 426 56 7832 Korea 080 769 0800 Malaysia 1 800 888 848 Singapore 1 800 375 8100 Taiwan 0800 047 866 Thailand 1 800 226 008 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Oscilloscope Utility Settings 18 Europe Austria 0820 87 44 11 Belgium 32 0 2 404 93 40 Denmark 45 70 13 15 15 Finland 358 0 10 855 2100 France 0825 010 700 Germany 01805 24 6333 0 14 minute Ireland 1890 924 204 Italy 39 02 92 60 8484 Netherlands 31 0 20 547 2111 Spain 34 91 631 3300 Sweden 0200 88 22 55 Switzerland French 44 21 8113811 Opt 2 Switzerland German 0800 80 53 53 Opt 1 United Kingdom 44 0 7004 66666
88. is filling the pre trigger buffer While searching for the trigger the oscilloscope overflows the pre trigger buffer the first data put into the buffer is the first pushed out FIFO When the trigger event is found the oscilloscope will fill the post trigger buffer and display the acquisition memory The trigger mode indicator on the status line indicates Trig d not flashing If the acquisition was initiated by Run Stop the process repeats If the acquisition was initiated by pressing Single then the acquisition stops and you can Pan and Zoom the waveform 100 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 In either Auto or Normal mode the trigger may be missed completely under certain conditions This is because the oscilloscope will not recognize a trigger event until the pre trigger buffer is full Suppose you set the Time Div knob to a slow sweep speed such as 500 ms div If the trigger condition occurs before the oscilloscope has filled the pre trigger buffer the trigger will not be found If you use Normal mode and wait for the trigger condition indicator to flash before causing the action in the circuit the oscilloscope will always find the trigger condition Some measurements you want to make will require you to take some action in the device under test to cause the trigger event Usually these are single shot acquisitions where you will use the Single key InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscillos
89. on the front panel to display the Waveform Math Menu E f t Ch1 Ch2 amp Function D Operator gt Source 1 D Source 2 lt gt Scale gt Offset f t 1 2 2 00V 4 22V If f t is not already shown on the Function softkey press the Function sofkey and select f t Displayed Use the Operator softkey to select an operator Use the Source 1 softkey to select the analog channel on which to perform math You can rotate the Entry knob or repetitively press the Source 1 softkey to make your selection If you choose a function differentiate integrate FFT or square root the result is displayed If you select an arithmetic operator use the Source2 softkey to select the second source for the arithmetic operation The result is displayed Use the multiplexed scale and position knobs or the Scale and Offset softkeys to re size and re position the math waveform InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 183 5 Measurements and Math Functions To perform a math function upon an arithmetic operation To perform a function differentiate integrate FFT or square root on an arithmetic operation add subtract or multiply 1 Press the Function softkey and select g t Internal 2 Use the Operator Source 1 and Source 2 softkeys to set up an arithmetic operation 3 Press the Function softkey and select f t Displayed 4 Use the Operator softkey to select a function differential integral FFT or sq
90. operation e for additional information to better describe an oscilloscope failure e to verify proper operation after the oscilloscope has been repaired Successfully passing Self Test does not guarantee 100 of the oscilloscope s functionality Self Test is designed to provide an 80 confidence level that the oscilloscope is operating properly To clean the oscilloscope 1 Remove power from the instrument 2 Clean the external surfaces of the oscilloscope with a soft cloth dampened with a mixture of mild detergent and water 3 Make sure that the instrument is completely dry before reconnecting it to a power source InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 401 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings To check warranty and extended services status To learn the warranty status of your oscilloscope 1 Point your web browser to www agilent com find warrantystatus 2 Enter your product s model number and serial number The system will search for the warranty status of your product and display the results If the system cannot find your product s warranty status select Contact Us and speak with an Agilent Technologies representative To return the instrument Before shipping the oscilloscope to Agilent Technologies contact your nearest Agilent Technologies sales or service office for additional details Information on contacting Agilent Technologies can be found at www agilent com find contactus 1 Write the following
91. or binary You can create up to two buses To configure and display each bus press the Digital key on the front panel Then press the Bus softkey ao n JTL Channel Turn on Turn off Thresholds v _ D15 D15 D8 D7 DO lt Bus softkey Next select a bus Rotate the Entry knob then press the Entry knob or the Bus1 Bus2 softkey to switch it on InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 369 17 370 Digital Channels Use the second softkey from the left and the Entry knob to select individual channels to be included in the bus You can rotate the Entry knob and push the softkey to select channels You can also press the Select Deselect D15 D8 and Select Deselect D7 D0 softkeys to include or exclude groups of eight channels in each bus Bus1 Bus2 Select Select Select Select softkey individual channel channel base channels group group If the bus display is blank completely white or if the display includes you need to expand the horizontal scale to allow space for the data to be shown or use the cursors to display the values see page 371 The Base softkey lets you choose to display the bus values in hex or binary InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 17 The buses are shown at the bottom of the display Og 00s 5 0008 Auto FTL Bus values can be shown in hex or bN binary B 01 X 0101 1001 0110 1100 1000 0000 1001 0100 B 47 TITT ITTI D
92. or if the mode is not well defined the base is the same as Minimum The Y cursor shows the value being measured InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Extinction Ratio The extinction ratio is the ratio of the logic one level amplitude V top to the logic zero level amplitude V base in dB That is the extinction ratio is 10 log Vtop Vbase Maximum Maximum is the highest value in the waveform display The Y cursor shows the value being measured Minimum Minimum is the lowest value in the waveform display The Y cursor shows the value being measured Peak Peak The peak to peak value is the difference between Maximum and Minimum values The Y cursors show the values being measured Ratio The Ratio measurement displays the ratio of the AC RMS voltages of two sources expressed in dB Press the Settings softkey to select the source channels for the measurement RMS RMS DC is the root mean square value of the waveform where x value at th point being measured n number of points in measurement interval RMS dc InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 171 5 172 Measurements and Math Functions Which samples are measured depends on the Interval setting e NCycles the RMS DC value is measured on an integral number of periods of the displayed signal If less than three edges are present the measurement shows No edges
93. pan across and zoom in on the acquired data InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 39 1 40 Getting Started Press Single to make a single acquisition of data The key will illuminate in yellow until the oscilloscope triggers See To start and stop an acquisition on page 224 18 Default Setup Key Press this key to return to the factory default configuration details on Performing Service Tasks on page 397 19 Horizontal Controls Horizontal Sweep Speed Control Turn the knob in the Horizontal section that is marked y to adjust the sweep speed The symbols under the knob indicate that this control has the effect of spreading out or zooming in on the waveform using the horizontal scale The horizontal sweep speed control changes the time per horizontal division on the display For more information see Using the Horizontal Controls on page 62 Horizontal Position Control Turn the knob marked 4 to pan through the waveform data horizontally You can see the captured waveform before the trigger turn the knob clockwise or after the trigger turn the knob counterclockwise If you pan through the waveform when the oscilloscope is stopped not in Run mode then you are looking at the waveform data from the last acquisition taken See Using the Horizontal Controls on page 62 Horizontal Zoom Key Press the zoom key to access the menu where you can split the oscilloscope display into No
94. points in the data Count A 32 bit integer that is the number of hits at each time bucket in the waveform record when the waveform was created using an acquisition mode like averaging For example when averaging a count of four would mean every waveform data point in the waveform record has been averaged at least four times The default value is 0 X Display Range A 32 bit float that is the X axis duration of the waveform that is displayed For time domain waveforms it is the duration of time across the display If the value is zero then no data has been acquired X Display Origin A 64 bit double that is the X axis value at the left edge of the display For time domain waveforms it is the time at the start of the display This value is treated as a double precision 64 bit floating point number If the value is zero then no data has been acquired X Increment A 64 bit double that is the duration between data points on the X axis For time domain waveforms this is the time between points If the value is zero then no data has been acquired X Origin A 64 bit double that is the X axis value of the first data point in the data record For time domain waveforms it is the time of the first point This value is treated as a double precision 64 bit floating point number If the value is zero then no data has been acquired InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 19 X Units A 32 bit integer that identifies the unit
95. select an edge term one channel must be set to a rising edge or a falling edge All other channel edges will be set to don t care X a Press the Channel softkey or rotate the Entry knob to select the channel b Then press the X softkey to select rising edge or falling edge All other channel edges will be defaulted to don t care InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 7 If you select the Timeout term you will need to set a timeout value a Press the Term softkey and select Timeout b Press the Timeout softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the timeout value Timeout can be set from 10 ns to 10 seconds The timer starts when the Find condition has been met If the timer is running and another Find condition occurs the timer will restart from time zero Adjust the Trigger Level e For analog channels adjust the trigger level for the selected analog channel by turning the Trigger Level knob e To set the threshold level for digital channels press the Digital key and select Thresholds The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 137 4 Triggering TV Trigger TV triggering can be used to capture the complicated waveforms of most standard and high definition analog video signals The trigger circuitry detects the vertical and horizontal interval of the waveform and
96. softkey InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Oscilloscope Utility Settings 18 Performing Service Tasks e Press the Utility gt Service to display the Service Menu E Start Start About User Cal User Cal Self Test Oscilloscope Status Start Start About User Cal User Cal Self Test Oscilloscope status The Service Menu lets you e Perform User Calibration on the oscilloscope e View User Calibration status e Perform instrument Self Test View information about your oscilloscope model number code revision information and User Calibration status To display oscilloscope information Press Utility gt Service gt About Oscilloscope to display information about your oscilloscope e Model number e serial number e Software version e Boot version e Graphics version e Installed licenses See also Entering Licenses and Displaying License Information on page 393 To perform user calibration Perform user calibration InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 397 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings 398 e Each year or after 2000 hours of operation e If the ambient temperature is gt 10 C from the calibration temperature e If you want to maximize the measurement accuracy The amount of use environmental conditions and experience with other instruments help determine if you need shorter User Cal intervals User Cal performs an internal self alignment routine to o
97. the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With LIN selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press Search for then select from these options ID Finds frames with the specified ID Press the Frame ID softkey to select the ID ID amp Data Finds frames with the specified ID and data Press the Frame ID softkey to select the ID Press the Bits softkey to enter the data value Errors Finds all errors For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 259 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see To navigate the time base on page 74 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 279 10 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 280 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide E ee 11 i I C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for 12C Signals 282 12C Triggering 284 12C Serial Decode 288 Setup for SPI Signals 292 SPI Triggering 295 SPI Serial Decode 297 The N5423A I C SPI triggering and decode option Option LSS requires a four channel InfiniiVision Series oscilloscope DAAD Agilent Technologies n 11 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for I2C Signals 282 An IC Cnter IC bus trigger setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to the serial data SDA line and the serial clock
98. the External Trigger Input BNC as the source for most trigger types MegaZoom Technology Simplifies Triggering With the built in MegaZoom technology you can simply AutoScale the waveforms then stop the oscilloscope to capture a waveform You can then pan and zoom through the data using the Horizontal and Vertical knobs to find a stable trigger point AutoScale often produces a triggered display The following trigger types are described in this chapter e Duration Trigger 114 e Edge Trigger LVF e Glitch or Narrow Pulse Capture 119 e Nth Edge Burst Trigger 123 e Pattern Trigger 125 e Pulse Width Trigger 128 e Sequence Trigger 131 e TV Trigger 138 e USB Trigger 150 Changes to the trigger specification are applied when you make them If the oscilloscope is stopped when you change a trigger specification the oscilloscope will use the new specification when you press Run Stop or Single If the oscilloscope is running when you change a triggering specification it uses the new trigger definition when it starts the next acquisition e CAN Triggering on page 264 if you have Option AMS N5424A e FlexRay Triggering on page 315 if you have Option FLX N5432C e I2C Triggering on page 284 if you have Option LSS N5423A e I2S Triggering on page 306 if you have Option SND N5468A InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 e LIN Triggering on page 274 if you have Opti
99. the frequency domain should contain and also consider the sampling rate frequency span and oscilloscope vertical bandwidth when making FFT measurements The FFT sample rate is displayed directly above the softkeys when the FFT Menu is displayed InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 197 5 198 Measurements and Math Functions Aliasing happens when there are frequency components in the signal higher than half the sample rate Since the FFT spectrum is limited by this frequency any higher components are displayed at a lower aliased frequency The following figure illustrates aliasing This is the spectrum of a 990 Hz square wave which has many harmonics The FFT sample rate is set to 100 kSa s and the oscilloscope displays the spectrum The displayed waveform shows the components of the input signal above the Nyquist frequency to be mirrored aliased on the display and reflected off the right edge Figure 32 Aliasing D sov A 4g True frequency component dunter 1 990 00Hz Alias d frequency component i wry fi al PEY TF l FFT Sample Rate 100kSa s Scale Offset 10dB 19 1dBV Since the frequency span goes from 0 to the Nyquist frequency the best way to prevent aliasing is to make sure that the frequency span is greater than the frequencies of significant energy present in the input signal Spectral Leakage The FFT operation assumes that the time record repeats Unless there is
100. the menu where you can select infinite persistence see page 85 switch vectors on or off see page 87 and adjust the display grid graticule intensity see page 86 23 Intensity Control Rotate clockwise to increase analog waveform intensity counterclockwise to decrease You can vary the intensity control to bring out signal detail much like an analog oscilloscope Digital channel waveform intensity is not adjustable More details about using the Intensity control to view signal detail are on page 84 24 Entry Knob The entry knob is used to select items from menus and to change values Its function changes based upon which menu is displayed Note that the curved arrow symbol above the entry knob illuminates whenever the entry knob can be used to select a value Rotate and push the entry knob to select among the choices that are shown on the softkeys More information about the Entry knob is on page 34 25 Softkeys The functions of these keys change based upon the menus shown on the display directly above the keys 26 Back up The back up key moves up in the softkey menu hierarchy At the top of the hierarchy the back up key turns the menus off and oscilloscope information is shown instead InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 41 1 Getting Started Rear Panel 4 Channel Click the text for the item s description and operation information Printed manual refer to numbered descriptions on the following pa
101. the signal and set Y1 to the bottom of the signal InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 67 3 Displaying Waveforms Note the AY value at the bottom of the display In this example we are using the Y cursors but you could have used the X cursors instead Figure 4 p 1 N Cursors set on displayed signal 00 68 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 6 Move the Y1 and Y2 cursors to the intersection of the signal and the Y axis Again note the AY value Figure 5 Cursors set to center of signal lt 9 Cursors Yl 7 Calculate the phase difference using the formula below second ae Sat 8 37 65 degrees of phase shift BD ERtAY OR InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 69 3 70 Displaying Waveforms Z Axis Input in XY Display Mode Blanking When you select the XY display mode the time base is turned off Channel 1 is the X axis input channel 2 is the Y axis input and channel 4 or the External trigger on 2 channel models is the Z axis input If you only want to see portions of the Y versus X display use the Z axis input Z axis turns the trace on and off analog oscilloscopes called this Z axis blanking because it turned the beam on and off When Z is low lt 1 4 V Y versus X is displayed when Z is high gt 1 4 V the trace is turned off Figure 6 Signals are 90 out of phase D 100v E 100v InfiniiVision 70
102. the waveform is being measured The Y cursor shows the middle threshold point InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Fall Time The fall time of a signal is the time difference between the crossing of the upper threshold and the crossing of the lower threshold for a negative going edge The X cursor shows the edge being measured For maximum measurement accuracy set the sweep speed as fast as possible while leaving the complete falling edge of the waveform on the display The Y cursors show the lower and upper threshold points Rise Time The rise time of a signal is the time difference between the crossing of the lower threshold and the crossing of the upper threshold for a positive going edge The X cursor shows the edge being measured For maximum measurement accuracy set the sweep speed as fast as possible while leaving the complete rising edge of the waveform on the display The Y cursors show the lower and upper threshold points Width Width is the time from the middle threshold of the rising edge to the middle threshold of the next falling edge The X cursors show the pulse being measured The Y cursor shows the middle threshold point Width Width is the time from the middle threshold of the falling edge to the middle threshold of the next rising edge The X cursors show the pulse being measured The Y cursor shows the middle threshold point X at Max Y
103. to be made correctly InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 109 4 CAUTION Triggering A Range The input voltage range can be set to 1 0 Volts or 8 0 Volts When in current mode the range is fixed at 1 0 Amps Range is automatically scaled according to the probe s attenuation factor Maximum voltage at 2 channel oscilloscope external trigger input CAT I 300 Vrms 400 Vpk transient overvoltage 1 6 kVpk CAT II 100 Vrms 400 Vpk 50Q input 5 Vrms Input protection is enabled in 50 Q mode and the 50 Q load will disconnect if greater than 5 Vrms is detected However the inputs could still be damaged depending on the time constant of the signal The 50 Q input protection only functions when the oscilloscope is powered on 1 M ohm input 100 MHz models For steady state sinusoidal waveforms derate at 20 dB decade above 200 kHz toa minimum of 10 Vpk 1M ohm input 350 MHz 500 MHz 1 GHz models For steady state sinusoidal waveforms derate at 20 dB decade above 57 kHz to a minimum of 5 Vpk With N2863A 10 1 probe CAT 600 V CAT II 300 V DC peak AC With 10073C or 10074C 10 1 probe CAT 1 500 Vpk CAT II 400 Vpk 110 Input Impedance The 2 channel oscilloscopes have selectable external trigger input impedance The impedance can be set to either 1M Ohm or 50 Ohm by pressing the Imped softkey e 50 0hm matches 50 ohm cables commonly used in making high frequency measurements This impedance matching
104. to the Rx signal in the device under test then press the Rx softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select the channel As you press the Rx softkey or rotate the Entry knob the channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to URT 5 Make sure the trigger or threshold levels are set to the middle of the signal For analog channels turn the Trigger Level knob For digital channels press the Digital key and the Thresholds softkey to access the threshold level setting softkeys The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display 6 Repeat these steps for the Tx signal 7 Press the Menu Up key to return to the Trigger Menu 8 Press Bus Config to open the UART RS232 Bus Configuration Menu lt gt Bits Parity Baud Rate Polarity gt Bit Order 8 Odd gt Idle low LSB 334 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 15 Set the following parameters a Bits Set the number of bits in the UART RS232 words to match your device under test selectable from 5 9 bits b Parity Choose odd even or none based on your device under test c Baud Press the Baud Rate softkey then press the Baud softkey and select a baud rate to match the signal in your device under test If the desired baud rate is not listed select User Defined on the Baud softkey then select the desired baud rate using
105. use Lister to view large amounts of packet level serial data in a tabular format including time tags and specific decoded values After pressing the Single key you can rotate the Entry knob to select an event and press the Zoom to Selection softkey to jump to the event To use the Lister 1 Set up trigger and decode on the serial data signals to be analyzed 2 Press Serial gt Lister 3 Press Lister Display to enable the display Lister Display Scroll Zoom to Undo Opti L ister Selection Zoom Before you can select a row or navigate through the Lister data oscilloscope acquisitions must be stopped 4 Press the Single key in the Run Control group on the front panel to stop the acquisition InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 257 9 258 Serial Decode Lister Pressing Single instead of Stop fills the maximum memory depth When zoomed out and viewing a large number of packets the Lister may not be able to display information for all packets However when you press the Single key the Lister will contain all on screen serial decode information Press the Scroll Lister softkey and use the Entry knob to scroll through the data Time tags in the Time column indicate the event time relative to the trigger point The time tags of events that are shown in the waveform display area are displayed with a dark background Press the Zoom to Selection
106. using the Spell softkey 4 When the complete license string has been entered press Apply To display license information 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Licenses gt Show license information The license information includes Instrument ID e Serial number e Installed licenses string Licensed Options Available Many of the following licensed options can be easily installed without returning the oscilloscope to a Service Center Not all options can be installed on all models See data sheets for details InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 393 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings Table9 Licensed Options Available Option Description After purchase model number notes 232 RS232 UART serial decode option for 4 channel or 4 16 Order N5457A channel models only You can easily install this option yourself Provides trigger and decode capability for many UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter protocols including RS232 Recommended Standard 232 553 MIL STD 1553 triggering and decode option for 4 channel or Order N5469A 4 16 channel models only You can easily install this option yourself ALT N5434A FPGA dynamic probe for Altera MSO recommended N5434A with Option 001 Provides internal FPGA visibility and quick instrument setup Oscilloscope locked license or Option 002 PC locked license Software is installed on an external PC AMS Automotive Serial Decode Order N5424A Provides
107. waveform using a simple Edge Trigger type For AutoScale details see Input a Waveform and AutoScale on page 32 adh 2 Agilent Technologies i 4 96 Triggering See Also Complex waveforms may require specific trigger setups as described in this chapter e CAN Triggering on page 264 if you have Option AMS N5424 lt A e FlexRay Triggering on page 315 if you have Option FLX N5432C e I2C Triggering on page 284 if you have Option LSS N5423A e I2S Triggering on page 306 if you have Option SND N5468A e LIN Triggering on page 274 if you have Option AMS N5424A e MIL STD 1553 Triggering on page 326 if you have Option 553 N5469A e SPI Triggering on page 295 if you have Option LSS N5423 lt A e UART RS232 Triggering on page 335 if you have Option 232 N5457A InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Triggering General Information A triggered waveform is one in which the oscilloscope begins tracing displaying the waveform from the left side of the display to the right each time a particular trigger condition is met This provides stable display of periodic signals such as sine waves and square waves as well as nonperiodic signals such as serial data streams The figure below shows the conceptual representation of acquisition memory You can think of the trigger event as dividing acquisition memory into a pre trigger and post
108. 0 MHz output The oscilloscope will output it s 10 MHz reference signal at TTL levels InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Oscilloscope Utility Settings 18 To set the trigger out source You can select one of the following signals to be output at the TRIG OUT connector on the rear panel of the oscilloscope e Triggers e Source frequency e Source frequency 8 e Mask test pass fail see Mask Test Trigger Output on page 348 Triggers This is the default selection In this mode a rising edge is output each time the oscilloscope triggers This rising edge is delayed 17 ns from the oscilloscope s trigger point The output level is 0 5 V into an open circuit and 0 2 5 V into 50 Q Source Frequency This mode is only available when the oscilloscope is set to positive or negative edge trigger on a front panel source analog channel or the external input of a 2 channel oscilloscope In this mode the TRIG OUT BNC is connected to the output of the trigger comparator The output level is 0 580 mV into an open circuit and 0 290 mV into 50 The maximum frequency output is 350 MHz due to the bandwidth limitation of the TRIG OUT BNC amplifier This selection is useful for driving an external frequency counter Source Frequency 8 This selection produces the same signal as described in Source frequency except the output frequency is one eighth of the trigger comparator output frequency This mode is useful
109. 0 ft non operating to 15 244 m 50 000 ft Overvoltage Category This product is intended to be powered by MAINS that comply to Overvoltage Category II which is typical of cord and plug connected equipment Pollution Degree The InfiniiVision scilloscopes may be operated in environments of Pollution Degree 2 or Pollution Degree 1 Pollution Degree Definitions Pollution Degree 1 No pollution or only dry non conductive pollution occurs The pollution has no influence Example A clean room or climate controlled office environment Pollution Degree 2 Normally only dry non conductive pollution occurs Occasionally a temporary conductivity caused by condensation may occur Example General indoor environment Pollution Degree 3 Conductive pollution occurs or dry non conductive pollution occurs which becomes conductive due to condensation which is expected Example Sheltered outdoor environment InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 413 19 Reference Binary Data bin Format 414 The binary data format stores waveform data in binary format and provides data headers that describe that data Because the data is in binary format the size of the file is approximately 5 times smaller than the ASCII XY format If more than one source is on all displayed sources will be saved except math functions When using segmented memory each segment is treated as a separate waveform All segments for a channel ar
110. 000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 191 5 Measurements and Math Functions A scale unit of U undefined will be displayed for scale and offset if the two source channels are set to dissimilar units Units are set using the channel s Probe Units softkey Channel 1 d dt waveform f t d dt Ch1 Vvaveftorm leni gt Function Operator gt Source 1 D Source 2 W Scale d Offset fit d dt 1 e 10 0MV s 19 7MV s_ Displayed Differentiate Source Math Math function operator waveform waveform selected scale offset Figure 29 Example of Differentiate Function 192 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Integrate Measurements and Math Functions 5 fat integrate calculates the integral of the selected source You can use integrate to calculate the energy of a pulse in volt seconds or measure the area under a waveform J dt plots the integral of the source using the Trapezoidal Rule The equation is n I At DY i 0 Where I integrated waveform At point to point time difference y channel 1 2 3 or 4 or g t internal arithmetic operation Co arbitrary constant i data point index 1 Press the Math key press the Function softkey and select f t press the Operator softkey and select J dt Press the Source Scale or Offset sofkeys if you want to change the source scaling or offset for the differentiate function Source selects the source for J
111. 00B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 Figure 7 Signals are in phase To display the zoomed time base Zoom formerly called Delayed sweep mode is a horizontally expanded version of normal display When Zoom is selected the display divides in half and the Zoom mode ff icon is displayed in the middle of the line at the top of the display The top half of the display shows the normal sweep and the bottom half displays the Zoom sweep The Zoom window is a magnified portion of the normal sweep You can use Zoom to locate and horizontally expand part of the normal sweep for a more detailed higher resolution analysis of signals InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 71 3 Displaying Waveforms To turn on or off Zoom 1 Press the zoom key or press the Horiz key and then the Zoom softkey These markers define the Time div for aah tor N displays beginning and end of the Zoom window sweep when the Horizontal Zoom window Position knob is turned Delay 144 30000us Normal sweep window Signal anomaly expande in zoom window Zoom window 4 00GSa s amp Time Mode Normal L Select Zoom The area of the normal display that is expanded is outlined with a box and the rest of the normal display is lightened The box shows the portion of the normal sweep that is expanded in the lower half To change the sweep speed for the Zoom window turn the horizontal scale
112. 1 high 0 low or X don t care a Press the Channel softkey or rotate the Entry knob to select the channel b Press the 01X softkey to set a level for the channel c Repeat for all channels in the pattern 5 If you select an edge term one channel must be set to a rising edge or a falling edge All other channel edges will be set to don t care X a Press the Channel softkey or rotate the Entry knob to select the channel The channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to Seq b Then press the Y X softkey to select rising edge or falling edge All other channel edges will be defaulted to don t care 6 When you set a Trigger on condition to trigger on Edge 2 you can also select which occurrence of Edge 2 to trigger on a Make sure Nth Edge 2 or Nth Edge 2 no re find is selected in the Trigger softkey When Nth Edge 2 is selected if the Find event occurs again before the Count N event is satisfied Count N will be reset to zero When Nth Edge 2 no re find is selected if the Find event occurs again before the Count N event is satisfied the Count N is not reset to Zero b Press the Term softkey and select Count N c Press the N softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the number of edges to wait before triggering N can be set from 1 to 10 000 If the term s used in the Trigger on Sequence Stage condition are set to don t care the oscillosc
113. 2 Press the Scale or Offset softkey then turn the Entry knob to rescale or change the offset value for your math function Units Units for each input channel can be set to Volts or Amps using the Units softkey in the channel s Probe Menu Scale and offset units are Math function Units add or subtract VorA multiply v A or W Volt Amp d dt V s or A s V second or A second J dt Vs or As V seconds or A seconds FFT dB decibels V square root vi 2 A2 or W12 Volt Amp When the FFT source is channel 1 2 3 or 4 FFT units will be displayed in dBV when channel units is set to Volts and channel impedance is set to 1 MQ FFT units will be displayed in dBm when channel units is set to Volts and channel impedance is set to 502 FFT units will be displayed as dB for all other FFT sources or when a source channel s units has been set to Amps InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 185 5 186 Measurements and Math Functions A scale unit of U undefined will be displayed for math functions when two source channels are used and they are set to dissimilar units and the combination of units cannot be resolved InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Multiply Measurements and Math Functions 5 When you select the multiply math function the voltage values of the channel chosen in Source1 are multiplied point by point by the voltage values of the channel chosen in Source 2 and the r
114. 2007 O FW Apr 30 2009 MSO7000 Jun 04 2009 asc _ gt Format amp Press to go Trace amp Setup OMSO7000 Selecting a File Name Overwriting a file You can choose to overwrite an existing file name by browsing to that file and selecting it then choosing Press to Save 208 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Saving Recalling and Printing 6 Creating a new file name 1 Press the File Name softkey in the Save Menu You must have a USB mass storage device connected to the oscilloscope for this softkey to be active Repeatedly turn and push the Entry knob to select letters and numbers for the new file name Or you can press the Spell softkey and press the Enter softkey to create the new file name You can press the Enter softkey or the Entry knob to move the cursor forward within the file name You can press the Delete Character softkey to delete the current character and shift the rest of the characters to the left When you select the Auto Increment option the oscilloscope will add a numeric suffix to your file name and increment the number with each successive save It will truncate characters as necessary when the file name length is at maximum and more digits are required for the numeric portion of the file name Press the Press to Save softkey to save the file Saving Waveform Trace and Oscilloscope Setup When the Trace amp Setup option is selected from the Format
115. 318 Triggering on FlexRay Frames Press Trigger then select the FlexRay trigger type 2 In the Trigger Menu press Trigger then select Frame Signals amp Trigger Frame D a 3 Press the Frames softkey to access the FlexRay Frame Trigger Menu DCyc Ct Rep gt Cyc Ct Bas gt Frame Type Frame ID 4 2 Startup 20 4 Press the Frame ID softkey and use the Entry knob to select the frame ID value from All or 1 to 2047 5 Press the Frame Type softkey to select the frame type All Frames Startup Frames NULL Frames Sync Frames Normal Frames NOT Startup Frames NOT NULL Frames InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 315 13 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode NOT Sync Frames 6 Press the Cyc Ct Rep softkey and use the Entry knob to select the cycle count repetition factor 2 4 8 16 32 or 64 or All 7 Press the Cyc Ct Bas softkey and use the Entry knob to select the cycle count base factor from 0 through the Cyc Ct Rep factor minus 1 For example with a base factor of 1 and a repetition factor of 16 the oscilloscope triggers on cycles 1 17 33 49 and 65 To trigger on a particular cycle set the Cycle Repetition factor to 64 and use the cycle base factor to choose a cycle To trigger all any cycles set the Cycle Repetition factor to All The scope will trigger on any and all cycles Because specific FlexRay frames may occur infrequently it may be helpful to set
116. 450A InfiniiMax Extreme Temperature Extension Cables to be used with InfiniiMax probe amplifiers and heads 92 cm 36 in N2791A Differential probe 1 MOhm termination 10 1 or 100 1 switchable 25 MHz N2792A Differential probe 50 Ohm termination 10 1 200 MHz compatible with all InfiniiVision 7000B Series models N2793A Differential probe 50 Ohm termination 10 1 800 MHz compatible with all InfiniiVision 7000B Series models 1156A Active Probe 1 5 GHz 1144A Active Probe 800 MHz requires 1142A power supply 1145A Active Probe 750 MHz 2 ch requires 1142A power supply 1130At For active differential probes 1 5 GHz InfiniiMax amplifier requires one or more InfiniiMax probe head E2675A E2668A E2669A N2772A Active Differential Probe 20 MHz 1 2 kVDC peak AC max requires N2773A power supply 1141A Active Differential Probe 200 MHz 200 VDC peak AC max requires 1142A power supply 1146A Current Probe 100 kHz 100 A AC DC 1147A Current Probe 50 MHz 30 A AC DC with AutoProbe interface N2780A Current Probe 2 MHz 500 A AC DC use with N2779A power supply N2781A Current Probe 10 MHz 150 A AC DC use with N2779A power supply N2782A Current Probe 50 MHz 30 A AC DC use with N2779A power supply N2783A Current Probe 100 MHz 30 A AC DC use with N2779A power supply InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 19 Table 11 Accessories Available for 7000B Series Os
117. 50 choosing values 34 cleaning 401 clear display 122 clear infinite persistence 86 clock 392 CMOS threshold 368 comparison of measurement results 216 compensate probes 37 compensating your probe 56 Contig softkey 242 connect probes digital 360 connect the dots 87 connection toaPC 242 connectors 7000 Series 42 43 controls 7000 Series 35 36 conventions in softkey menus 46 Counter measurement 162 counter CAN frame 268 counter FlexRay frame 320 counter UART RS232 frame 340 coupling channel 79 crosstalk problems 197 CSV file format 210 cursor measurements 177 426 cursors binary 179 hex 179 manual 178 track waveform 178 D D 39 369 d dt math function 191 damage shipping 26 data sheet 406 DC channel coupling 79 dead time re arm 236 default configuration 31 default label library 93 default setup 31 delay knob 63 Delay measurement 166 delay measurements 154 delay time indicator 74 delayed 391 delayed sweep 71 delete character 209 delete file 217 DHCP 241 differentiate math function 191 Digit softkey 127 digital bus mode 369 digital channel controls 38 digital channel menu 367 digital channels 6 367 AutoScale 364 enabling 396 logic threshold 368 probing 374 size 367 digital display interpreting 366 digital probes 360 374 impedance 374 display 41 48 area 48 infinite persistence 85 interpreting 48 measurement line 48 si
118. 6 Other European countries www agilent com find contactus 403 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings 404 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 19 Reference Specifications and Characteristics 406 Accessories Available 407 Software and Firmware Updates 410 Measurement Category 411 Environmental Conditions 413 Binary Data bin Format 414 CSV and ASCII XY files 422 Acknowledgements 423 weg p Agilent Technologies 405 19 Reference Specifications and Characteristics Please see the InfiniiVision oscilloscope data sheets for complete up to date specifications and characteristics To download a data sheet please visit e www agilent com find 7000 Then select the Library tab followed by Specifications Or go to the Agilent home page at www agilent com and search for 7000 series oscilloscopes data sheet To order a data sheet by phone please contact your local Agilent office The complete list is available at www agilent com find contactus or on page 403 406 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Accessories Available Reference 19 Table 11 Accessories Available for 7000B Series Oscilloscopes Model Description N2918A N2732A 54913 44101 various N2733A N2734A N2605A 097 5061 0701 54620 68701 01650 61607 10070C 10074C 10073C 1165A 10076A N2863A N2771A N2790A N2786A N2784A N2785A N2880
119. 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 1 C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 11 Interpreting SPI Lister Data Time Data 5 890ms 06 5 385ms 05 FF 4 555ms 02 06 41 47 2 591ms 05 FF 08 49 4C 45 4E 54 3 476ms 06 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 22ms 06 10 72ms _ 05 FF Data 02 08 49 4C 45 4E 54 In addition to the standard Time column the SPI Lister contains these columns e Data data bytes MISO or MOSI InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 299 11 C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Searching for SPI Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of SPI data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With SPI selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu use the Words softkey to specify the number of words in the data value then use the remaining softkeys to enter the hex digit values For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 259 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see To navigate the time base on page 74 300 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide o7 o e0 ee 12 e o e Is Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for 12S Signals 302 I2S
120. 73 To position the time reference left center right 74 To navigate the time base 74 Using the Vertical Controls 77 To turn waveforms on or off channel or math 78 To adjust the vertical scale 78 To adjust the vertical position 78 To specify channel coupling 79 To specify channel input impedance 79 To specify bandwidth limiting 80 To change the vertical scale knob s coarse fine adjustment setting 81 To invert a waveform 81 Setting Analog Channel Probe Options 82 To specify the channel units 82 To specify the probe attenuation 82 To specify the probe skew 83 To calibrate a probe 83 Changing the Display Settings 84 To adjust waveform intensity 84 To set or clear infinite persistence 85 To clear the display 86 To adjust the grid brightness 86 To display waveforms as vectors or dots 87 To freeze the display 87 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 9 Contents 10 Using Labels 89 To turn the label display on or off 89 To assign a predefined label to a channel 90 To define a new label 91 To load a list of labels from a text file you create 92 To reset the label library to the factory default 93 Triggering 95 Triggering General Information 97 Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu 98 Auto and Normal Trigger modes 99 Choosing Auto Trigger Mode or Normal Trigger Mode 99 Auto Mode 100 Normal Mode 100 Trigger Level Adjustment 102 Trigger Coupling 103 Trigger Noise Rejection 104 HF Reject 105 LF Reject 105
121. A 6000 7000B Series Oscilloscope Evaluation Kit 7000 Series Oscilloscope Rackmount Kit 7000 Front Panel Cover Front Panel Overlays see page 45 7000 Soft Carrying Case Transit Case USB Cable LAN Crossover Cable Digital Probe Kit standard with MSO models Logic Cable and Terminator use with 40 pin logic analyzer accessories Passive Probe 1 1 20 MHz 1 5m Passive Probe 10 1 150 MHz 1 5 m Passive Probe 10 1 500 MHz 1 5 m Passive Probe 10 1 600 MHz 1 5 m Passive Probe 100 1 4 kV 250 MHz Passive Probe 10 1 300 MHz 1 2 m Passive Probe 1000 1 30 kV 50 MHz High Voltage Differential probe 50 1 or 500 1 switchable 100 MHz 2 legged Probe Positioner 1 arm Probe Positioner 2 arm Probe Positioner InfiniiMax In line Attenuator kit pair of 6 dB 12 dB and 20 dB attenuators in kit to be used with InfiniiMax probe amplifiers and heads InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 407 19 408 Reference Table 11 Accessories Available for 7000B Series Oscilloscopes continued Model Description N2881A InfiniiMax DC blocking caps qty 2 withstand up to 30 V DC to be used with InfiniiMax probe amplifiers and heads N2882A 75 ohm to 50 ohm adapter DC to 8 GHz bandwidth 5 7 dB attenuation W2637A LPDDR BGA probe x16 404 MHz 100 ohm input impedance W2638A LPDDR BGA probe x32 404 MHz 100 ohm input impedance W2639A Oscilloscope Adapter Board 1 5 GHz 75 ohm input impedance N5
122. A De KOCK XXXX XIX KOCK KB tXXX 4 Ds XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX D d Channel Stage Find Trigger on Select ae select select or Reset condition term term As you set stage term and channel definitions for the sequence trigger these settings will be shown in the waveform area of the display Define the Find Stage 1 Press the Stage softkey and select Find Find is the first stage in the trigger sequence When you select the Stage Find softkey the next softkey to the right will display Find and give you a list of the terms you can define for the Find stage The Find stage can be set to one of the following conditions InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Pattern 1 Entered A pattern is entered on the last edge that makes the pattern true logical AND Pattern 1 Exited A pattern is exited on the first edge that makes the pattern false logical NAND Edge 1 Pattern 1 and Edge 1 2 Press the Find softkey and select the Find stage condition 3 To define the term s used in the Find stage press the Term softkey and select the pattern and or edge term displayed in the Find softkey 4 If you select a pattern term each channel in the pattern must be set to a 1 high 0 dow or X don t care a Press the Channel softkey or rotate the Entry knob to select the channel As you select a channel the channel is highlighted in the selected pattern list shown in the waveform area and i
123. Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide cti Agilent Technologies Notices Agilent Technologies Inc 2000 2010 No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form or by any means including elec tronic storage and retrieval or translation into a foreign language without prior agree ment and written consent from Agilent Technologies Inc as governed by United States and international copyright laws Manual Part Number 54695 97025 Edition Third Edition June 2010 Printed in Malaysia Agilent Technologies Inc 1900 Garden of the Gods Rd Colorado Springs CO 80907 USA Software Revision This guide was written for version 6 1 of the Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscillo scopes software Trademark Acknowledgments Java is a U S trademark of Sun Microsys tems Inc Sun Sun Microsystems and the Sun Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the U S and other countries Warranty The material contained in this docu ment is provided as is and is sub ject to being changed without notice in future editions Further to the max imum extent permitted by applicable law Agilent disclaims all warranties either express or implied with regard to this manual and any information contained herein including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a par ticular purpose Agilent shall not be liable fo
124. As you press the CS or CS softkey or rotate the Entry knob the CS or CS label for the source channel is automatically set and the channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to SPI When you press the Frame by softkey the graphic shown on the previous page changes to show timeout selection or the current state of the chip select signal If the framing signal is set to Timeout the oscilloscope generates it s own internal framing signal after it sees inactivity on the serial clock line Clock Timeout Select Clock Timeout in the Frame by softkey then select the Timeout softkey and turn the Entry knob to set the minimum time that the Clock signal must be idle not transitioning before the oscilloscope will search for the Data pattern on which to trigger When you press the Frame by softkey the graphic shown on the previous page changes to show timeout selection or the current state of the chip select signal The Timeout value can be set anywhere from 100 ns to 10 s 8 Set the trigger levels for the Clock Data and if used CS signals to the middle of the signals If your SPI signals are connected to analog channels press the Clock softkey and rotate the Trigger Level knob Repeat for the Data CS or CS signals InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 293 11 C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode If your SPI signals are connected to digital channels this applies to MSO mod
125. AutoScale acquisition mode 386 channels 385 digital channels 364 fast debug 385 undo 32 AutoScale key 39 40 AutoScale preferences 385 auto single 226 Average measurement 170 averaging acquire mode 227 229 230 bandwidth limit 80 bandwidth oscilloscope 232 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Base measurement 170 BIN file format 210 bin bin bin bin ary data bin 414 ary data file examples 418 ary data in MATLAB 415 ary data example program for reading 418 bits SPI trigger 295 Blackman Harris FFT 200 bla nking 70 BMP file format 210 boot version 397 brightness of waveforms 41 Browser Web Control 245 247 bui It in help system 49 burst capture signal bursts 234 bus display mode 369 buttons C Cc Cc Q cali c CAI fet CAI CAI CAI CAI CAI i 7000 Series 35 36 brate probe 83 ibration 397 bration protect switch 7000 Series 42 bration status 252 N decode source channels 262 N frame counter 268 N serial decode 318 N totalizer 268 N trigger 264 N trigger types additional 264 capture signal bursts 234 Center FFT 200 425 Index channel analog 77 bandwidth limit 80 coupling 79 invert 81 on off keys 38 position 78 probe units 82 83 skew 83 vernier 81 vertical sensitivity 78 channel labels 89 channel pair 232 characteristics 406 Chinese GUI
126. CQ MODE RTIM TYPE NORM COMP 100 COUNT 8 SEGM COUN 2 DISP LAB 0 CONN 1 PERS MIN SOUR PMEM1 HARD APR AREA SCR FACT 0 FFE 0 INKS 1 PAL NONE LAY PORT SAVE FIL mask_0 SAVE IMAG AREA GRAT FACT 0 FORM NONE INKS 0 PAL COL SAVE WAV FORM NONE MTES SOUR CHAN1 ENAB 1 LOCK 1 MTES AMAS SOUR CHAN1 UNIT DIV XDEL 3 00000000E 001 YDEL 2 00000000E 001 MTES SCAL BIND 0 X1 0 0E 00 XDEL 1 0000E 09 Y1 0 0E 00 Y2 1 00000E 00 MTES RMOD FOR RMOD TIME 1E 00 WAV 1000 SIGM 6 0E 00 MTES RMOD FACT STOP 0 PRIN 0 SAVE 0 end_setup H a E E How is mask testing done InfiniiVision oscilloscopes start mask testing by creating a database that is 256 x 1000 for the waveform viewing area Each location in the array is designated as either a violation or a pass area Each time a data point from a waveform occurs in a violation area a failure is logged Every active analog channel is tested against the mask database for each acquisition Over 2 billion failures can be logged per channel The number of acquisitions tested is also logged and displayed as of Tests The mask file allows greater resolution than the 256 X 1000 database Some quantization of data occurs to reduce the mask file data for display on screen InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Analyzing Data 16
127. Ds gt Channel Select Desele _ D15 D15 D8 D7 DO Using cursors to read bus values To read the digital bus value at any point using the cursors 1 Turn on Cursors by pressing the Cursors key on the front panel 2 Press the cursor Mode softkey and change the mode to Hex or Binary 3 Press the Source softkey and select Bus1 or Bus2 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 371 17 Digital Channels 4 Use the Entry knob and the X1 and X2 softkeys to position the cursors where you want to read the bus values X1 cursor X2 cursor Bus values Bus values at cursors shown here Set mode to Select Bus or Binary or Hex Bus2 source When you press the Digital key to display the Digital Channel Menu the digital activity indicator is shown where the cursor values were and the bus values at the cursors are displayed in the graticule 372 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital channel values at cursor Analog channel values at cursor Trigger pattern definition Digital Channels 17 Bus values are displayed when using Pattern trigger The bus values are also displayed when using the Pattern trigger function Press the Pattern key on the front panel to display the Pattern Trigger Menu and the bus values will be displayed on the right above the softkeys The dollar sign will be displayed in the bus value when the bus value cannot be displayed as a hex value This oc
128. Enabling Presision Measurements and Math Normally after pressing Default Setup the oscilloscope performs measurements and generates math waveforms using a 1000 point maximum measurement record This measurement record is purposely small in order to provide high waveform update rates and minimal dead time between acquisitions to improve the probability of capturing infrequent events However at the expense of waveform update rate you can enable precision measurements and math waveforms that use a 128K point maximum record This mode gives you better resolution on measurements and math waveforms including FFT To enable precision measurements and math 1 Press the Analyze key 2 Press Features then select Precision 3 Press Features again to enable precision measurements and math waveforms _ Mask Test gt jE Precision amp Features m Precision Precision measurements and math are disabled in the same way or you can disable them by pressing the Default Setup key InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 357 16 Analyzing Data 358 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 17 Digital Channels To connect the digital probes to the device under test 360 Acquiring waveforms using the digital channels 363 To display digital channels using AutoScale 364 Interpreting the digital waveform display 366 To
129. FFT Settings Menu 2 Press the More FFT softkey to display additional FFT settings ESS as ee FFT Ch1 FFT Sample Rate 100kSa s Window Span gt lt gt Scale Offset Hanning 50 OkHz 25 0kHz 10dB 49 1dBV Window Frequency Center FFT FFT a Span frequency Window selects a window to apply to your FFT input signal InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 199 5 200 Measurements and Math Functions Hanning window for making accurate frequency measurements or for resolving two frequencies that are close together Flat Top window for making accurate amplitude measurements of frequency peaks Rectangular good frequency resolution and amplitude accuracy but use only where there will be no leakage effects Use on self windowing waveforms such as pseudo random noise impulses sine bursts and decaying sinusoids Blackman Harris window reduces time resolution compared to a rectangular window but improves the capacity to detect smaller impulses due to lower secondary lobes Span sets the overall width of the FFT spectrum that you see on the display left to right Divide span by 10 to calculate the number of Hertz per division It is possible to set Span above the maximum available frequency in which case the displayed spectrum will not take up the whole screen Press the Span softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the desired frequency span of the display Center s
130. File Explorer lets you navigate the file system Using the File Explorer you can save recall load and delete files File system The user accessible file system consists of ten internal memory locations plus external USB mass storage devices you connect to the USB device ports on the oscilloscope Internal memory The ten internal nonvolatile memory locations are located on the oscilloscope at C setups and are named intern_0 through intern_9 You can save waveform trace and oscilloscope setup in each of the ten internal memory locations but you cannot save display image files or waveform data files in the oscilloscope s internal memory The latter must be stored on USB mass storage devices USB mass storage devices Most USB mass storage devices are compatible with the oscilloscope However certain devices may be incompatible and may not be able to be read or written to When the USB mass storage device is connected to the oscilloscope s front or rear USB host port a small four color circle icon may be displayed briefly as the USB device is read You do not need to eject the USB mass storage device before removing it Simply ensure that any file operation you ve initiated is done and remove the USB drive from the oscilloscope s host port Do not connect USB devices that identify themselves as hardware type CD because these devices are not compatible with the InfiniiVision 7000B Series oscilloscopes InfiniiVision
131. FlexRay Signals To set up the oscilloscope to capture a FlexRay signal use the Signals softkey which appears in the Trigger Menu or the Settings softkey which appears in the Serial Decode Menu 1 Press Trigger then select the FlexRay trigger type 2 Press Signals to open the FlexRay Signals Menu amp Source gt Baud gt Bus 10 Mb s A Auto Setup 3 Press Source and select the analog channel that is probing the FlexRay signal 4 Press Baud and select the baud rate of the FlexRay signal being probed 5 Press Bus and select the bus type of the FlexRay signal being probed It is important to specify the correct bus because this setting affects CRC error detection 6 Press Auto Setup to perform the following actions Set the selected source channel s impedance to 50 Ohms Set the selected source channel s probe attenuation to 10 1 Set the trigger level on the selected source channel to 300 mV Turns on trigger Noise Reject Turns on Serial Decode Sets the trigger type to FlexRay 314 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 13 FlexRay Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture a FlexRay signal see Setup for FlexRay Signals on page 314 After you have set up the oscilloscope to capture a FlexRay signal you can then set up triggers on frames errors or events NOTE To display FlexRay serial decode see FlexRay Serial Decode on page
132. Guide 269 10 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode In addition to the standard Time column the CAN Lister contains these columns e ID frame ID e Type frame type RMT remote frame Data etc e DLC data length code e Data data bytes e CRC cyclic redundancy check e Errors highlighted in red Errors can be Acknowledge Ack A Form Fo or Frame Fr Different kinds of errors can be combined like Fo Fr in the above example Searching for CAN Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of CAN data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With CAN selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press Search for then select from these options Remote Frame ID RTR Finds remote frames with the specified ID Press the Bits softkey to enter the ID Data Frame ID RTR Finds data frames matching the specified ID Press the Bits softkey to enter the ID Remote or Data Frame ID Finds remote or data frames matching the specified ID Press the Bits softkey to select the ID Data Frame ID and Data Finds data frames matching the specified ID and data Press the Bits softkey to set the ID length ID value number of data bytes and data value Error Frame Finds CAN active error frames All Errors Finds any form error or active
133. However if serial decode is on no decimation will occur For more information see Minimum and Maximum Values in CSV Files on page 422 Save Segment When using the optional segmented memory feature you can choose to save either the currently displayed segment or all acquired segments in memory See also page 237 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Saving Recalling and Printing 6 Press Save Recall gt Save gt Format choose CSV ASCII XY or BIN gt Settings gt Save Seg to make your selection Set the Length control appropriately see Length Control above Segmented memory save formats Segmented memory data can be saved as a screen capture in BMP or PNG format or in CSV ASCII XY or BIN data file format The Save Segment setting is relevant to data file formats not screen capture formats When saving waveform capture at maximum memory depth you can expect the following approximate save times CSV 2 hours ASCII XY 30 minutes BIN 3 minutes The primary difference between CSV format and ASCII XY data format is that in CSV all data are presented as columns in a single spreadsheet file whereas in ASCII XY the data are presented in separate files for channel 1 channel 2 channel 3 channel 4 digital channels 0 7 digital channels 8 15 and math waveforms For more information see e Binary Data bin Format on page 414 e CSV and ASCII XY files on page 422 Format ALB
134. N signal this applies to MSO model oscilloscopes only press the Digital key and select Thresholds to set an appropriate threshold level for digital channels The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display 6 Press the Baud softkey to set the LIN signal baud rate to match your LIN bus signal The LIN baud rate can be set to 2400 b s 9600 b s 10 4 kb s 19 2 kb s 115 2 kb s 625 kb s or User Defined The default baud rate is 2400 b s If the desired baud rate is not shown in the list select User Defined You can set the LIN baud rate from 2 4 kb s to 625 kb s in increments of 100 b s Press the User Baud softkey and rotate the Entry knob to make your selection InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 10 7 Press the Smpl Pt softkey to select the sample point at which the oscilloscope will sample the bit value 60 70 Sample Point 80 8 Press the Standard softkey to select the LIN standard your are measuring LIN 1 3 or LIN 2 0 For LIN 1 2 signals use the LIN 1 3 setting The LIN 1 3 setting assumes the signal follows the Table of Valid ID Values as shown in section A 2 of the LIN Specification dated December 12 2002 If your signal does not comply with the table use the LIN 2 0 setting 9 Press the Sync Break softkey and select the minimum number of clocks that define a sync break in your LIN
135. Provide Correct Matching Many TV signals are produced from 75 Q sources To provide correct matching to these sources a 75 Q terminator such as an Agilent 11094B should be connected to the oscilloscope input 3 Press the sync polarity softkey to set the TV trigger to either positive CJL or negative sync polarity 4 Press the Standard softkey to set the TV standard The oscilloscope supports triggering on the following television TV and video standards Standard Type Sync Pulse NTSC Interlaced Bi level PAL Interlaced Bi level PAL M Interlaced Bi level SECAM Interlaced Bi level Generic Interlaced Progressive __ Bi level Tri level EDTV 480p 60 Progressive Bi level HDTV 720p 60 Progressive Tri level HDTV 1080p 24 Progressive Tri level HDTV 1080p 25 Progressive Tri level HDTV 1080p 50 Progressive Tri level HDTV 1080p 60 Progressive Tri level HDTV 1080i 50 Interlaced Tri level HDTV 1080i 60 Interlaced Tri level 5 Press the Mode softkey to select the portion of the video signal that you would like to trigger on The TV trigger modes available are Field1 and Field2 Trigger on the rising edge of the first serration pulse of field 1 or field 2 interlaced standards only All Fields Trigger on the rising edge of the first pulse in the vertical sync interval not available in Generic mode All Lines Trigger on all horizontal sync pulses Line Trigger on the selected line EDTV and HDTV standards only I
136. RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode Searching for UART RS232 Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of UART RS232 data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With UART RS232 selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press Search for then select from these options Rx Data Finds a data byte that you specify For use when the DUT data words are from 5 to 8 bits in length no 9th alert bit Rx 1 Data For use when the DUT data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Finds only when the 9th alert bit is 1 The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Rx 0 Data For use when the DUT data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Finds only when the 9th alert bit is 0 The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Rx X Data For use when the DUT data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Finds a data byte that you specify regardless of the value of the 9th alert bit The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Similar choices are available for Tx Rx or Ix Parity Error Finds a parity error based on the parity you have set in the Bus Con
137. Replacement Parts 379 Table 9 Licensed Options Available 394 Table 10 Calibration Option 395 Table 11 Accessories Available for 7000B Series Oscilloscopes 407 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 23 Tables 24 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide See Also Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 1 Getting Started Inspect the Package Contents 26 Tilt the Oscilloscope for Easy Viewing 28 Power On the Oscilloscope 29 Recall the Default Oscilloscope Setup 31 Input a Waveform and AutoScale 32 Become Familiar with Oscilloscope Controls and Connectors 34 Become Familiar with the Osciilloscope Display 48 Access the Built In Quick Help 49 This chapter describes the steps you take when using the oscilloscope for the first time e Setting Oscilloscope Preferences on page 383 cii Agilent Technologies 25 1 Getting Started Inspect the Package Contents V Inspect the shipping container for damage If your shipping container appears to be damaged keep the shipping container or cushioning material until you have inspected the contents of the shipment for completeness and have checked the oscilloscope mechanically and electrically V Verify that you received the following items and any optional accessories you may have ordered InfiniiVision Oscilloscope Front panel cover Power cord country of origin determines specific type Oscilloscope probes Tw
138. To choose expand about center or ground on page 383 To adjust the vertical position 1 Turn the small vertical position knob to move the channel s waveform up or down on the display The voltage value momentarily displayed in the upper right portion of the display represents the voltage difference between the vertical center of the display and the ground level gt icon It also represents the InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 voltage at the vertical center of the display if vertical expansion is set to expand about ground see To choose expand about center or ground on page 383 To specify channel coupling Coupling changes the channel s input coupling to either AC alternating current or DC direct current Measurement Hints If the channel is DC coupled you can quickly measure the DC component of the signal by simply noting its distance from the ground symbol If the channel is AC coupled the DC component of the signal is removed allowing you to use greater sensitivity to display the AC component of the signal 1 Press the desired channel key 2 In the Channel Menu press the Coupling softkey to select the input channel coupling DC DC coupling is useful for viewing waveforms as low as 0 Hz that do not have large DC offsets AC AC coupling is useful for viewing waveforms with large DC offsets When AC coupling is chosen you cannot select 50Q
139. Traditional Chinese 2CH Overlay Japanese 4CH Overlay Japanese Using the Oscilloscope Softkey Menus Softkeys are the six keys directly below the display The are called softkeys because software determines the function assigned to each key in any given menu The following graphic symbols appear in the oscilloscope s softkey menus The softkey menus appear at the bottom of the display just above the six softkeys 2 S 46 Rotate the Entry knob to adjust the parameter The Entry knob is located on the front panel The a symbol below the knob is illuminated when this control is active Rotate the Entry knob to select an item Push the Entry knob or press the softkey to activate the item or close the menu Press the softkey to display a pop up menu Press the softkey or rotate and push the Entry knob to make an item active Option is selected but not active Option is selected and active Feature is on Press the softkey again to turn the feature off InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 Feature is off Press the softkey again to turn the feature on E Press the softkey to view the menu Press the back up key to return to the previous menu aa A dot on a softkey indicates that the action specified in the dialog will be performed when the Entry knob is pushed InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 47 1 Getting Started Become Familiar with th
140. You can define labels and assign them to each analog input channel or you can turn labels off to increase the waveform display area Labels can also be applied to digital channels on MSO models To turn the label display on or off 1 Press the Label key on the front panel This turns on display labels for the analog and digital channels When the Label key is illuminated the labels for displayed channels are displayed at the left edge of the displayed traces The figure below shows an example of the default labels assigned when you turn the label display on The channel labels default to their channel number 2 To turn the labels off press the Label key until it is not illuminated InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 89 3 Displaying Waveforms To assign a predefined label to a channel 1 Press the Label key 2 Press the Channel softkey then turn the Entry knob or successively press the Channel softkey to select a channel for label assignment D9 D9 D10 DATA v D11 D11 D12 D12 D13 CS_ D14 D14 D15 D15 Bus1 DAC_IN D Spell Enter Delete Apply New D Library gt Character Label CLK The figure above shows the list of channels and their default labels The channel does not have to be turned on to have a label assigned to it 3 Press the Library softkey then turn the Entry knob or successively press the Library softkey to select a predefined label from the library 4 Press the
141. a based on number of waveforms tested Reset Statistics Press this softkey to reset the statistics counters to zero InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 349 16 Analyzing Data Note that statistics are also reset when e Mask Test is switched on after being switched off e Clear Mask softkey is pressed e An Automask is created Additionally the accumulated time counter is reset whenever the oscilloscope is run after the acquisition was stopped Transparent Enable Transparent mode to write measurement values and statistics on the screen without a background Disable the Transparent mode to show them with a light blue background This controls the display of statistics for both measurements and the optional Mask test feature To manually modify a mask file 350 You can manually modify a mask file that you created using the Automask function 1 Follow the steps 1 7 in To create a mask from a golden waveform Automask on page 344 Do not clear the mask after creating it Attach a USB mass storage device to the oscilloscope Press the Save Recall key Press the Save softkey Press the Format softkey and select Mask ao oO A Ww N Press the second softkey and select a destination folder on your USB mass storage device 7 Press the Press to Save softkey This creates an ASCII text file that describes the mask 8 Remove the USB mass storage device and connect it to a PC 9 Open the
142. a mixed signal oscilloscope MSO A mixed signal oscilloscope has analog channels plus 16 time correlated digital timing channels To view the currently installed licenses press Utility gt Options gt Licenses gt Show license information For information about upgrading your oscilloscope through licensing contact your local Agilent Technologies representative or see www agilent com find 7000 Secure Environment Mode Option Secure environment mode is compliant to National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual NISPOM Chapter 8 requirements Secure environment mode is called option SEC When secure environment mode is installed trace and setup data are stored to internal volatile memory rather than internal non volatile memory Oscilloscope setup waveform and trace data are erased when the power is shut off This ensures that any setup waveform and trace data will not be visible to the next user upon power up The clock and LAN settings are not discarded upon power down To permanently store data you can save it to an external device through one of the oscilloscope s USB ports Once installed secure environment mode cannot be disabled When installed the secure environment mode license will appear as SEC in the Installed Licenses line of the About Oscilloscope display To access the About Oscilloscope display press the Utility key then press the Service softkey then press the About Oscilloscope
143. a rising edge it remains set to trigger on a same edge triggers at the same point on the waveform after the channel is inverted Inverting a channel will also change the result of any function selected in the Waveform Math Menu or any measurement InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 81 3 Displaying Waveforms Setting Analog Channel Probe Options 1 Press the probe s associated channel key 2 In the Channel Menu press the Probe softkey to display the Channel Probe Menu This menu lets you select additional probe parameters such as attenuation factor and units of measurement for the connected probe Probe calibration not needed not available when this softkey is ghosted amp Units Volts Measurement Attenuation Skew adjust Calibrate units factor probe To specify the channel units 1 Press the probe s associated channel key 2 In the Channel Menu press Probe 3 In the Channel Probe Menu press Units then select Volts for a voltage probe Amps for a current probe Channel sensitivity trigger level measurement results and math functions will reflect the measurement units you have selected To specify the probe attenuation This is set automatically if the oscilloscope can identify the connected probe See AutoProbe Interface on page 52 and Manually Setting the Probe Attenuation Factor on page 59 82 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Wa
144. a volts versus time display to a volts versus volts display using two input channels Channel 1 is the X axis input channel 2 is the Y axis input You can use various transducers so the display could show strain versus displacement flow versus pressure volts versus current or voltage versus frequency This exercise shows a common use of the XY display mode by measuring the phase difference between two signals of the same frequency with the Lissajous method 1 Connect a sine wave signal to channel 1 and a sine wave signal of the same frequency but out of phase to channel 2 2 Press the AutoScale key press the Horiz key then press Time Mode and select XY 3 Center the signal on the display with the channel 1 and 2 position 4 knobs Use the channel 1 and 2 volts div knobs and the channel 1 and 2 Fine softkeys to expand the signal for convenient viewing The phase difference angle 0 can be calculated using the following formula assuming the amplitude is the same on both channels InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide sin wib or L D Figure 2 Example of centering a signal on the display Signal must ma hecentered in uy pi iw gt g _ C A Figure 3 Signal centered on the display 1 00 V gir Time Mode T xY Ej 4 Press the Cursors key Displaying Waveforms 3 5 Set the Y2 cursor to the top of
145. ack ink it takes to print oscilloscope images by changing the black background to white Invert Graticule Colors is the default mode Acaare Meru Reatme Segmented Graticule Not Inverted Graticule Inverted Form Feed The Form Feed option can be selected to send a form feed command to the printer after the waveform is printed and before the setup information is printed Switch Form Feed off if you want setup information printed on the same sheet of paper with the waveform This option only has an effect when the Setup Information option is selected Also if the amount of setup information will not fit on the same page with the waveform it will be printed on a new page regardless of the Form Feed setting Landscape Choose Landscape mode to print horizontally on the page instead of vertically portrait mode Palette Press the Palette softkey to change the following options e Color When Color printing is selected the traces are printed in color e Grayscale When Grayscale printing is selected the traces are printed in shades of gray rather than in color InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 221 6 Saving Recalling and Printing 222 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eve ee 7 o9 Acquisition Modes Starting Stopping and Single Acquisitions Run Control 224
146. acy on peaks e Use the Hanning window e Use Cursors to place an X cursor on the frequency of interest e Adjust frequency span for better cursor placement e Return to the Cursors Menu to fine tune the X cursor For more information on the use of FFTs please refer to Agilent Application Note 243 The Fundamentals of Signal Analysis at http cp literature agilent com litweb pdf 5952 8898E pdf Additional information can be obtained from Chapter 4 of the book Spectrum and Network Measurements by Robert A Witte InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 203 5 Measurements and Math Functions 204 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 6 Saving Recalling and Printing Saving and Recalling Data 206 Printing Screens 220 cti Agilent Technologies 205 6 Saving Recalling and Printing Saving and Recalling Data Here are a few points about saving oscilloscope data e You can save a waveform trace and recall it later The recalled trace appears in cyan blue e You can save oscilloscope setup parameters and recall them later The setup file stores settings such as horizontal timebase vertical sensitivity trigger mode trigger level measurements cursors and math functions This lets you easily and consistently set up the oscilloscope to make a particular measurement e There is a distinction between print and sav
147. again To reset the statistics measurements press the Reset Statistics softkey This resets all statistics and begins recording statistical data again Each time a new measurement for example frequency period or amplitude is added the statistics are reset and accumulation of statistical data begins again When the Single key is pressed statistics are reset and a single measurement is done count 1 Successive Single acquisitions accumulate statistical data and the count is incremented Press the Transparent softkey to disable the Transparent mode This shows statistics with a gray background Press the Transparent softkey again to enable Transparent mode This writes measurement values statistics and cursor values on the screen without a background This controls the display of statistics in both measurements and the optional Mask test feature The Increment Statistics softkey only appears when the acquisition is stopped and the optional segmented memory feature is off Press the Single or Run Stop key to stop the acquisition You can use the horizontal position control in the Horizontal control section of the front panel to pan through the waveform Active measurements will stay on screen allowing you to measure various aspects of the captured waveforms Press Increment Statistics to add the currently measured waveform to the collected statistical data InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 159 5
148. al amplifier may be measured using the differentiate function Because differentiation is very sensitive to noise it is helpful to set acquisition mode to Averaging in the Acquire Menu d dt plots the derivative of the selected source using the average slope estimate at 4 points formula The equation is di Yis4 2Yi 2 2Yi 2 Via 8At Where d differential waveform y channel 1 2 3 or 4 or g t internal arithmetic operation data points i data point index At point to point time difference 1 Press the Math key press the Function softkey and select f t press the Operator softkey and select d dt Press the Source Scale or Offset sofkeys if you want to change the source scaling or offset for the differentiate function Source selects the source for d dt See page 184 for information about using g t as the source Scale lets you set your own vertical scale factors for d dt expressed in units second division where units can be V Volts A Amps or W Watts Units are set in the channel Probe Menu Press the Scale softkey then turn the Entry knob to rescale d dt Offset lets you set your own offset for the dV dt math function The offset value is in units second where units can be V Volts A Amps or W Watts and is represented by the center horizontal grid line of the display Press the Offset softkey then turn the Entry knob to change the offset for d dt InfiniiVision 7
149. alette Press to Deskjet 9800 _ Setup Info Color Print Choose Options Select Prints the printer Setup info Color or waveform Invert Grayscale Form Feed landscape To print the oscilloscope s display 1 Connect a USB printer to either the USB port on the front panel or the rectangular USB host port on the rear panel For the most up to date listing of printers that are compatible with the InfiniiVision oscilloscopes please visit www agilent com find InfiniiVision printers 2 Press the Print key on the front panel 3 Press the Press to Print softkey You can stop printing by pressing the Cancel Print softkey The oscilloscope will print the last menu visited before you pressed the Print key Therefore if you have measurements Amplitude Frequency etc showing on the display before you select Print the measurements will be shown on the printout To print the display showing the Print Configuration Menu at the bottom press the Print key twice then press the Press to Print softkey InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Saving Recalling and Printing 6 Options Press the Options softkey to change the following options Setup Information Select to print oscilloscope setup information on your printout including vertical horizontal trigger acquisition math and display settings Invert Graticule Colors The Invert Graticule Colors option can be used to reduce the amount of bl
150. alues 5 Select the cursor s to be adjusted Press the Cursors softkey then turn the Entry knob Or Push the Cursors knob then turn the Cursors knob To finalize your selection either push the Cursors knob again or wait a couple seconds for the popup menu to disappear InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 179 5 Measurements and Math Functions The X1 X2 linked and Y1 Y2 linked selections let you adjust both cursors at the same time while the delta value remains the same This can be useful for example for checking pulse width variations in a pulse train The currently selected cursor s display brighter than the other cursors 6 Adjust the selected cursor s by turning the Cursors knob Cursor Examples Cursors used to measure pulse widths other than middle threshold points Figure 22 1 00V BQ 53 1808 1 00087 Auto F E 231v 180 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Figure 23 Cursors measure frequency of pulse ringing D 107 g fi 36 00s 200 08 Auto f E 231V AX 170 00ns TAX 5 8824MHz Mode lt gt Source Cursors X1 252 00ns Y1 50 00mV Manual Y2 X2 422 00ns Expand the display with Zoom mode then characterize the event of interest with the cursors Figure 24 Cursors track Zoom sweep D 10v g i 3e 100087 20 0087 Trid U E 200V AX 3 20000us 1 AX 312 50kHz AY 1 2 00000 V Mode Source Cur
151. an press Softkey specifically refers to the six keys that are directly below the display The legend for these keys is directly above them on the display Their functions change as you navigate through the oscilloscope s menus In this manual instructions for pressing a series of keys are written in an abbreviated manner Pressing the Help key then the Language softkey then the Help softkey is abbreviated as follows Press Help gt Language gt Help Press and hold any key or softkey to view its built in Quick Help When the Entry knob a symbol appears on a softkey you can use the Entry knob to select values For easy one handed operation of the 7000B Series oscilloscopes the Entry knob can be pushed as well as rotated Rotating the knob moves through selectable items and pushing the knob makes the selection InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 Front Panel Controls and Connectors 4 Channel For the following figure refer to numbered descriptions in Front Panel Control and Connector Descriptions on page 37 21 20 19 18 17 Run 16 Display Trigger Horizontal Default Setup Controls AutoScale Controls Controls Key Key
152. an use cursors to make custom voltage or time measurements on oscilloscope signals and timing measurements on digital channels Cursor information is displayed on the line above the softkeys and in the softkey menu area Cursors are not always limited to the visible display If you set a cursor then pan and zoom the waveform until the cursor is off screen its value will not be changed It will still be there when you return to its original location X cursors are vertical dashed lines that adjust horizontally and normally indicate time relative to the trigger point When used with the FFT math function as a source the X cursors indicate frequency The X1 cursor short dashed vertical line and X2 cursor long dashed vertical line adjust horizontally and indicate time relative to the trigger point for all sources except math FFT where frequency is indicated In XY horizontal mode the X cursors display channel 1 values Volts or Amps The X1 and X2 cursor values for the selected waveform source are displayed in the softkey menu area The difference between X1 and X2 AX and 1 AX are displayed on the dedicated line above the softkeys or in the display area when some menus are selected Y cursors are horizontal dashed lines that adjust vertically and normally indicate Volts or Amps dependent on the channel Probe Units setting When math functions are used as a source the measurement units correspond to that math function The
153. and data To select the frame ID value press the Frame ID softkey and use the Entry knob InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 10 Note that you can enter a don t care value for the frame ID and trigger on data values only To set up the number of data bytes and enter their values in hexadecimal or binary press the Bits softkey to open the LIN Bits Menu Data Binary 0000 0001 0000 0000 Data Hex Of 00 gt Define bble Hex Set all Nibs Data Hex 1 1 1 For details about using the LIN Bits Menu softkeys press and hold the softkey in question to display the built in help For LIN decode information see LIN Serial Decode on page 276 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 275 10 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode LIN Serial Decode 276 To set up the oscilloscope to capture CAN signals see Setup for LIN Signals on page 272 For LIN triggering setup see LIN Triggering on page 274 To set up LIN serial decode 1 Press Serial then select the LIN serial decode mode LIN wv Bl wv Choose whether to include the parity bits in the identifier field a If you want to mask the upper two parity bits ensure that the box under the Show Parity softkey is not selected b If you want to include the parity bits in the identifier field ensure that the box under the Show Parity softkey is selected
154. annel to which it is connected A poorly compensated probe can introduce significant measurement errors 1 Perform the procedure Input a Waveform and AutoScale on page 32 2 Use a nonmetallic tool supplied with the probe to adjust the trimmer capacitor on the probe for the flattest pulse possible The trimmer capacitor is located on the probe BNC connector Perfectly compensated Over compensated J i ye Under compensated 3 Connect probes to all other oscilloscope channels channel 2 of a 2 channel oscilloscope or channels 2 3 and 4 of a 4 channel oscilloscope Repeat the procedure for each channel 56 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Probing the Device Under Test 2 Calibrating Probes Some probes such as the 10073C 10074C and 1165A passive probes do not require calibration When one of these probes is connected the Calibrate Probe softkey in the Channel Probe Menu is grayed out displayed in faint text However for certain active probes such as InfiniiMax probes the oscilloscope can accurately calibrate its analog channels for the probe When you connect a probe that can be calibrated the Calibrate Probe softkey in the Channel Probe Menu becomes active To calibrate one of these probes 1 First plug your probe into one of the oscilloscope channels This could be for example an InfiniiMax probe amplifier probe head with attenuators attached 2 Connect the probe to the Probe Com
155. ase uses a built in reference that has an accuracy of 15 ppm This is sufficient for most uses However if you are looking at a window that is very narrow compared to the selected delay for example looking at a 15 ns pulse with the delay set to 1 ms significant error can be introduced Using the built in sample clock the oscilloscope s hardware frequency counter is a 5 digit counter Supplying an external timebase reference When you supply an external timebase reference the hardware frequency counter is automatically changed to an 8 digit counter In this case the frequency counter Meas gt Select gt Counter is as accurate as the external clock For more information on the hardware frequency counter see Counter on page 162 388 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide A Oscilloscope Utility Settings 18 To supply a sample clock to the oscilloscope 1 Connect a 10 MHz square or sine wave to the BNC connector labeled 10 MHz REF The amplitude must be between 180 mV and 1 V with an offset of between 0 V and 2 V Maximum input voltage at 10 MHz REF connector Do not apply more than 15 V at the 10 MHz REF BNC connector on the rear panel or damage to the instrument may occur 2 Press Utility gt Options gt Rear Panel gt Ref Signal 3 Use the Entry Knob and the Ref Signal softkey to select 10 MHz input A black locked padlock icon will appear at the top of the display Reference signal
156. asing over time and the specified value is met or exceeded Use the Trigger softkey in this menu to set the data value that must be reached Use the Armed softkey to set the value to which the data value must fall before the trigger circuit is re armed ready to trigger again The Armed control reduces triggers due to noise This trigger condition is best understood when the digital data transferred over the I S bus is considered in terms of representing an analog waveform The figure below shows a plot of sample data transmitted over an I S bus for one channel In this example the oscilloscope will trigger at the 2 points shown since there are two instances in which the data increases from a value below or at the Armed value to a value greater than or equal to the specified Trigger value If you select an Armed value that is equal to or greater than the Trigger value the Trigger value will be increased so that it is always greater than the Armed value Trigger Trigger No trigger Trigger value Armed value Decreasing value similar to the description above except the trigger occurs on a descreasing data word value and the Armed value is the value to which the data must rise in order to re arm the trigger 5 Press the Base softkey and select a number base for entering data values Binary 2 s complement When Binary is selected the Bits softkey appears This softkey o
157. ater than 5 Vrms is detected However the inputs could still be damaged depending on the time constant of the signal The 50 input protection only functions when the oscilloscope is powered on 1 M ohm input 100 MHz models For steady state sinusoidal waveforms derate at 20 dB decade above 200 kHz to a minimum of 10 Vpk 1 M ohm input 350 MHz 500 MHz 1 GHz models For steady state sinusoidal waveforms derate at 20 dB decade above 57 kHz to a minimum of 5 Vpk With N2863A 10 1 probe CAT I 600 V CAT II 300 V DC peak AC With 10073C or 10074C 10 1 probe CAT I 500 Vpk CAT II 400 Vpk A Do not float the oscilloscope chassis Defeating the ground connection and floating the oscilloscope chassis will probably result in inaccurate measurements and may also cause equipment damage The probe ground lead is connected to the oscilloscope chassis and the ground wire in the power cord If you need to measure between two live points use a differential probe with sufficient dynamic range InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 55 2 Probing the Device Under Test WARNING Do not negate the protective action of the ground connection to the oscilloscope The oscilloscope must remain grounded through its power cord Defeating the ground creates an electric shock hazard Compensating Passive Probes Each oscilloscope passive probe must be compensated to match the input characteristics of the oscilloscope ch
158. ather than in color Grayscale printing is not applicable to CSV format Length Control The Length softkey is available when the CSV ASCII XY BIN or ALB formats are selected Length sets the number of data points that will be output to the file Length can be set to 100 250 500 or 1000 when the acquisition is running or more when the acquisition is stopped CSV length is limited to 1000 points It is important to save enough points to represent the captured data accurately Press the Single key to obtain the maximum record length The maximum available record length depends on whether one or two channels are active turned on per channel pair channel pairs are channels 1 and 2 and channels 3 and 4 whether digital channels are on or off and the horizontal timebase setting how much data is shown on screen Only displayed data points are output except when you are using segmented memory and the Save Segment control is set to All segments Therefore adjust the Horizontal controls to display the data you want to save The length control has no effect on the amount of Serial Decode data saved all serial decode data will be output The Length control will perform a 1 of n decimation of the data when necessary For example if the Length is set to 1000 and you are displaying a record that is 5000 data points in length four of each five data points will be decimated creating an output file 1000 data points in length
159. ce channel color coded Current Mean Min WEN Std Dev Count 2 06 2 0441V 1 22V 208V 61 033mV 7 548k 2 4649V 2 4650V 2 4024 2 5206V 16 013mV 7 548k 2 326kHZ 2 3264kHz 2 31L5KHZ 2 336kHzZ 3 6105Hz 7 548k 380mV 374 89mV 310mV 380mV 2 5917mV 4548k Ampl 1 2 06V Avg 1 2 4647 V Freq 2 2 326kHz Min 2 380mV Display On Reset Transparent r Statistics L The following statistics are shown Name of the measurement current measured value mean minimum measured value maximum measured value standard deviation and the number of times the measurement has been made count Statistics are based on the total number of captured waveforms count 158 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 The standard deviation shown in Statistics is calculated using the same formula used for calculating the standard deviation measurement The formula is shown in the section titled Std Deviation on page 172 The source channel of the measurement is shown in parenthesis after the measurement name For example Freq 1 indicates a frequency measurement on channel 1 You can switch the statistics Display On or Display Off Statistics continue to accumulate even when the statistics display is off When you navigate away from the Measurements Menu the statistics display will no longer be displayed but statistical data collection will continue Return to the Measurements Menu to see the data
160. ce limitations you cannot decode UART RS232 data while CAN LIN or FlexRay triggering is selected For UART RS232 triggering setup see UART RS232 Triggering on page 335 To set up UART RS232 serial decode 1 Press Serial then select the UART RS232 serial decode mode RX FRAMES 0000243699 TX FRAMES 0000146218 ERR 000003324 0 9 aus Bus ay ley Reset UART md 232 Counters 2 Press Settings 3 In the UART RS232 Settings Menu press the Base softkey to select the base hex binary or ASCII in which decoded words are displayed cS pase gt Framing ASCII Off When displaying words in ASCII the 7 bit ASCII format is used Valid ASCII characters are between 0x00 and Ox7F To display in ASCII you must select at least 7 bits in the Bus Configuration If ASCII is selected and the data exceeds Ox7F the data is displayed in hex When Bits is set to 9 in the UART RS232 Bus Configuration Menu the 9th alert bit is displayed directly to the left of the ASCII value which is derived from the lower 8 bits 4 Optional Press the Framing softkey and select a value In the decode display the chosen value will be displayed in light blue However if a parity error occurs the data will be displayed in red 338 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 15 5 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 6 If the oscillo
161. ce there are no edges on which to trigger When you select Run the oscilloscope operates by first filling the pre trigger buffer It starts searching for a trigger after the pre trigger buffer is filled and continues to flow data through this buffer while it searches for the trigger While searching for the trigger the oscilloscope overflows the pre trigger buffer the first data put into the buffer is the first pushed out FIFO When a trigger is found the pre trigger buffer will contain the events that occurred just before the trigger If no trigger is found the oscilloscope generates a trigger and displays the data as though a trigger had occurred In this case the background of the Auto indicator at the top of the display will flash and the Auto indicator will change to Auto indicating that the oscilloscope is forcing triggers When you press the Single key the oscilloscope will fill pre trigger buffer memory and continue flowing data through the pre trigger buffer until the auto trigger overrides the searching and forces a trigger At the end of the trace the oscilloscope will stop and display the results Normal Mode Use Normal trigger mode for low repetitive rate signals or when Auto trigger is not required In Normal mode the oscilloscope must fill the pre trigger buffer with data before it will begin searching for a trigger event The trigger mode indicator on the status line flashes Trig d to indicate the oscilloscope
162. channel InfiniiVision Series oscilloscope The MIL STD 1553 triggering and decode solution supports bi phase MIL STD 1553 signaling the standard 1553 Manchester II encoding data rate of 1 Mb s and word length of 20 bits cii Agilent Technologies 323 14 MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial Decode Probing MIL STD 1553 Signals The MIL STD 1553 differential bus must be probed with a differential active probe Agilent recommends the N2791A 25 MHz differential active probe Output of the differential probe must be fed via a BNC tee and two equal length BNC cables into two channels of the oscilloscope This way the oscilloscope can perform dual threshold triggering using upper and lower thresholds Probe Output This N2791A differential probe works well because it is designed for 1 MOhm impedance oscilloscope inputs If you use a different differential probe that is designed for 50 Ohm impedance oscilloscope inputs be sure to set only one of the oscilloscope channel input impedances to 50 Ohms because the two input channel s impedances are seen in parallel 324 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial Decode 14 Setup for MIL STD 1553 Signals To set up the oscilloscope for MIL STD 1553 signals these sofkeys appear in both the Trigger Menu and the Serial Decode Menu D Upper Ch D Lower Ch amp Trigger same e Upper Ch selects the channel used for the u
163. channel oscilloscope connect BNC tees to the equal length cables as shown below Then connect a BNC f to BNC f barrel connector to the tee as shown below Figure 41 User Calibration cable for 4 channel oscilloscope To Channel 1 To Channel 2 ct a Longer cable to TRIG OUT S bnc To Channel 4 3 Connect a BNC cable 40 inches maximum from the TRIG OUT connector on the rear panel to the BNC barrel connector 4 Press the Utility key then press the Service softkey 5 Begin the Self Cal by pressing the Start User Cal softkey 6 When the User Cal is completed set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to PROTECTED To display the user calibration status Pressing Utility gt Service gt User Cal Status displays the summary results of the previous User Cal and the status of probe calibrations for probes that can be calibrated Note that passive probes do not need to be calibrated but InfiniiMax probes can be calibrated For more information about calibrating probes see page 57 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Oscilloscope Utility Settings 18 Results User Cal date Change in temperature since last User Cal Failure Comments Probe Cal Status To perform self test Pressing Utility gt Service gt Start Self Test performs a series of internal procedures to verify that the oscilloscope is operating properly It is recommended you run Self Test e after experiencing abnormal
164. choose a trigger condition that includes Data in its description for example Rx Data then press the Datais softkey and choose an equality qualifier You can choose equal to not equal to less than or greater than a specific data value 5 Use the Data softkey to choose the data value for your trigger comparison This works in conjunction with the Datais softkey 6 Optional The Burst softkey lets you trigger on the Nth frame 1 4096 after an idle time you select All trigger conditions must be met for the trigger to occur InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 15 7 If Burst is selected an idle time 1 us to 10 s can be specified so that the oscilloscope will look for a trigger condition only after the idle time has past Press the Idle softkey and rotate the Entry knob to set an idle time 8 Remember to set the trigger mode to Normal press Mode Coupling gt Mode gt Normal to prevent Auto Triggering D 200v B 200 Bo 0 08 1 00087 Trigd un 227V Data gt Burst 2 Idle Owe PO fO ste To display UART RS232 serial decode see UART RS232 Serial Decode on page 338 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 337 15 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode UART RS232 Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture UART RS232 signals see Setup for UART RS232 Signals on page 334 Because of oscilloscope hardware resour
165. cilloscopes continued Model Description 10072A Fine Pitch Probe Kit 10075A 0 5 mm IC Clip Kit 10076A 100 1 4 kV 250 MHz Probe E2613B 0 5 mm Wedge Probe Adapter 3 signal qty 2 E2614A 0 5 mm Wedge Probe Adapter 8 signal qty 1 E2615B 0 65 mm Wedge Probe Adapter 3 signal qty 2 E2616A 0 65 mm Wedge Probe Adapter 8 signal qty 1 E2643A 0 5 mm Wedge Probe Adapter 16 signal qty 1 E2644A 0 65 mm Wedge Probe Adapter 16 signal qty 1 Indicates a maximum of two of this model probe can be connected to each oscilloscope due to AutoProbe interface current supply limitation See also Passive Probes on page 53 and Active Probes on page 53 You can find these items at www agilent com or at www parts agilent com For information on more probes and accessories see 5989 6162EN Probes and Accessories Selection Guide and 5968 8153EN 5000 6000 and 7000 Series InfiniiVision Oscilloscope Probes and Accessories Data Sheet available at www agilent com InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 409 19 Reference Software and Firmware Updates From time to time Agilent Technologies releases software and firmware updates for its products To search for firmware updates for your oscilloscope direct your web browser to www agilent com find 7000sw To view the currently installed software and firmware press Utility gt Service gt About Oscilloscope 410 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscop
166. code 297 Interpreting SPI Decode 298 Interpreting SPI Lister Data 299 Searching for SPI Data in the Lister 300 12 S Triggering and Serial Decode 301 Setup for I7S Signals 302 I s Triggering 306 I S Serial Decode 309 Interpreting I S Decode 310 Interpreting IS Lister Data 311 Searching for I S Data inthe Lister 312 13 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 313 Setup for FlexRay Signals 314 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 15 Contents 14 15 16 FlexRay Triggering 315 Triggering on FlexRay Frames 315 Triggering on FlexRay Errors 316 Triggering on FlexRay Events 317 FlexRay Serial Decode 318 Interpreting FlexRay Frame Decode 319 FlexRay Totalizer 320 Interpreting FlexRay Lister Data 321 Searching for FlexRay Data inthe Lister 322 MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial Decode 323 Probing MIL STD 1553 Signals 324 Setup for MIL STD 1553 Signals 325 MIL STD 1553 Triggering 326 MIL STD 1553 Serial Decode 327 Interpreting MIL STD 1553 Decode 328 Viewing MIL STD 1553 Data in the Lister 329 Searching for MIL STD 1553 Data in the Lister 330 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 333 Setup for UART RS232 Signals 334 UART RS232 Triggering 335 UART RS232 Serial Decode 338 Interpreting UART RS232 Decode 339 UART RS232 Totalizer 340 Interpreting UART RS232 Lister Data 341 Searching for UART RS232 Datainthe Lister 342 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Contents 16 Analyzing Data 343
167. copes User s Guide Triggering 4 Sequence Trigger Sequence trigger lets you trigger the oscilloscope after finding a sequence of events Defining a sequence trigger requires three steps 1 Define an event to find before you search for the trigger The find event can be a pattern an edge from a single channel or the combination of a pattern and a channel edge 2 Define the trigger event The trigger on event can be a pattern an edge from a single channel the combination of a pattern and a channel edge or the nth occurrence of an edge from a single channel 3 Set an optional reset event If you choose to define a reset event the event can be a pattern an edge from a single channel the combination of a pattern and a channel edge or a timeout value Trigger on triggers Reset on Trigger holdoff Figure 12 Sequence Trigger Flowchart To access the sequence trigger settings press the Trigger key in the Trigger section of the front panel rotate the Entry knob until Sequence is displayed in the Trigger softkey InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 131 4 Triggering Sequence stage definitions Term definitions 132 Sequence Selected Trigger level trigger channel or threshold Sequence Stages First find Pattern 1 Entered Then trigger on Edge 2 Pl 1 XXX 4 Ds XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX D Te Ke ADE XX D Reset on KXXX
168. copes User s Guide 101 4 Triggering Trigger Level Adjustment 102 You can adjust the trigger level for a selected analog channel by turning the Trigger Level knob The position of the trigger level for the analog channel is indicated by the trigger level icon T if the analog channel is on at the far left side of the display when DC coupling is selected The value of the analog channel trigger level is displayed in the upper right corner of the display The trigger level for a selected digital channel is set using the threshold menu in the Digital Channel Menu Press the Digital key on the front panel then press the Thresholds softkey to set the threshold level TTL CMOS ECL or user defined for the selected digital channel group The threshold value is displayed in the upper right corner of the display The line trigger level is not adjustable This trigger is synchronized with the power line supplied to the oscilloscope InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Trigger Coupling 1 Press the Mode Coupling key 2 Press the Coupling softkey then select DC AC or LF Reject coupling DC coupling allows DC and AC signals into the trigger path AC coupling places a 10 Hz high pass filter in the trigger path removing any DC offset voltage from the trigger waveform The high pass filter in the External Trigger input path is 3 5 Hz for all models Use AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when yo
169. ct Mode 228 High Resolution Mode 228 Averaging Mode 229 Realtime Sampling Option 232 Segmented Memory 234 Using segmented memory 234 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 13 Contents 14 10 Web Interface 239 Setting up the Oscilloscope s LAN Connection 241 To establish a LAN connection 241 Stand alone Point to Point ConnectiontoaPC 242 Accessing the Web Interface 244 Browser Web Control 245 Remote Front Panel 245 Remote Programming 247 Remote Programming with Agilent I0 Libraries 249 Get Image 250 Identification Function 251 Instrument Utilities 252 Setting a Password 253 Serial Decode Lister 255 Serial Decode 256 Lister 257 Searching Lister Data 259 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 261 Setup for CAN Signals 262 CAN Triggering 264 CAN Serial Decode 266 Interpreting CAN Decode 267 CAN Totalizer 268 Interpreting CAN Lister Data 269 Searching for CAN Data inthe Lister 270 Setup for LIN Signals 272 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Contents LIN Triggering 274 LIN Serial Decode 276 Interpreting LIN Decode 277 Interpreting LIN Lister Data 278 Searching for LIN Datainthe Lister 279 11 C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 281 Setup for 7c Signals 282 I2C Triggering 284 I C Serial Decode 288 Interpreting I C Decode 289 Interpreting I C Lister Data 290 Searching for I C Data in the Lister 291 Setup for SPI Signals 292 SPI Triggering 295 SPI Serial De
170. curs when one or more don t cares X are combined with low 0 and high 1 logic levels in the pattern specification or when a transition indicator rising edge or falling edge are included in the pattern specification A byte that consists of all don t cares X will be displayed in the bus as a don t care X g 2007 A 100v QQ gt 00s 20 00 Auto pt E X1 Hex EAF8 Bf XCS X2Heg H 4 C B4 B SOKECKEOKSAHATKEO ACENDS DE XEAAES E6 ANCE ED 6C XXXX 4 Ds XXXX XXXX 1110 0110 D elie gt Channel ot LS Hex a all Dig Pattern Bus1 Bus values displayed See page 125 for more information on Pattern triggering InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 373 17 Digital Channels Digital channel signal fidelity Probe impedance and grounding 374 When using the mixed signal oscilloscope you may encounter problems that are related to probing These problems fall into two categories probe loading and probe grounding Probe loading problems generally affect the device under test while probe grounding problems affect the accuracy of the data to the measurement instrument The design of the probes minimizes the first problem while the second is easily addressed by good probing practices Input Impedance The logic probes are passive probes which offer high input impedance and high bandwidths They usually provide some attenuation of the signal to the oscilloscope typically 20 dB
171. d to compute the fast Fourier transform using analog input channels or an arithmetic operation g t FFT takes the digitized time record of the specified source and transforms it to the frequency domain When the FFT function is selected the FFT spectrum is plotted on the oscilloscope display as magnitude in dBV versus frequency The readout for the horizontal axis changes from time to frequency Hertz and the vertical readout changes from volts to dB Use the FFT function to find crosstalk problems to find distortion problems in analog waveforms caused by amplifier non linearity or for adjusting analog filters FFT Units 0 dBV is the amplitude of a 1 Vrms sinusoid When the FFT source is channel 1 or channel 2 or channel 3 or 4 on 4 channel models FFT units will be displayed in dBV when channel units is set to Volts and channel impedance is set to 1 MQ FFT units will be displayed in dBm when channel units is set to Volts and channel impedance is set to 50Q FFT units will be displayed as dB for all other FFT sources or when a source channel s units has been set to Amps DC Value The FFT computation produces a DC value that is incorrect It does not take the offset at center screen into account The DC value is not corrected in order to accurately represent frequency components near DC Aliasing When using FFTs it is important to be aware of frequency aliasing This requires that the operator have some knowledge as to what
172. d to the dominant low CAN signal CAN_L and connect the negative lead to the dominant high CAN signal CAN_H 7 Repeatedly press and release the Baud softkey to set the CAN signal baud rate to match your CAN bus signal The CAN baud rate can be set to 10 kb s 50 kb s 100 kb s 500 kb s 20 kb s 62 5 kb s 125 kb s 800 kb s 33 3 kb s 83 3 kb s 250 kb s 1 Mb s User Defined The default baud rate is 1 Mb s If the desired baud rate is not shown in the table select User Defined You can set the CAN baud rate from 10 0 kb s to 1 000 Mb s in increments of 100 b s Press the User Baud softkey and rotate the Entry knob to make your selection 8 Repeatedly press and release the Smpl Ptsoftkey to select the point between phase segments 1 and 2 where the state of the bus is measured This controls the point within the bit s time where the bit value is captured One Bit 60 7 0 Sample Point 80 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 263 10 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode CAN Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture a CAN signal see Setup for CAN Signals on page 262 The Controller Area Network CAN trigger allows triggering on CAN version 2 0A and 2 0B signals After setting up the oscilloscope to capture a CAN signal use the Trigger softkey in the the Trigger Menu to specify the event to trigger on If the AMS license is not installed on the oscilloscope you can still trigger on
173. de Triggering 4 To trigger on a specific field of the video signal To examine the components of a video signal trigger on either Field 1 or Field 2 available for interleaved standards When a specific field is selected the oscilloscope triggers on the rising edge of the first serration pulse in the vertical sync interval in the specified field 1 or 2 1 Press the Trigger key then select TV 2 Press the Settings softkey then press the Standard softkey to select the appropriate TV standard 3 Press the Mode softkey and select Field1 or Field2 Figure 15 Triggering on Field 1 D 50077 A ge 0 05 200 08 Auto Tv E Field lt gt Source JL Lu D Standard amp Mode DTV Holdoff 1 v NTSC Field1 0 0flds InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 145 4 Triggering To trigger on all fields of the video signal To quickly and easily view transitions between fields or to find the amplitude differences between the fields use the All Fields trigger mode 1 Press the Trigger key then select TV 2 Press the Settings softkey then press the Standard softkey to select the appropriate TV standard 3 Press the Mode softkey and select All Fields Figure 16 Triggering on All Fields D 507 A ge 0 05 200 08 Auto TV E AIF D Source JL U gt Standard Line DTV Holdoff 1 ZA NTSC 36 Oflds 146 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 To trigger on odd or even field
174. de Analyzing Data Digital Channels InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings 19 Reference Index Digital Channels Because all of the oscilloscopes in the Agilent InfiniiVision Series have analog channels the analog channel topics in this book apply to all instruments Whenever a topic discusses the digital channels that information applies only to Mixed Signal Oscilloscope MSO models or DSO models that have been upgraded to an MSO Abbreviated instructions for pressing a series of keys and softkeys Instructions for pressing a series of keys are written in an abbreviated manner Instructions for pressing Key1 then pressing Softkey2 then pressing Softkey3 are abbreviated as follows Press Key1 gt Softkey2 gt Softkey3 The keys may be a front panel Key or a Softkey Softkeys are the six keys located directly below the oscilloscope display InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Contents Figures 21 Tables 23 Getting Started 25 Inspect the Package Contents 26 Tilt the Oscilloscope for Easy Viewing 28 Power On the Oscilloscope 29 Power Requirements 29 Ventilation Requirements 29 To mount the oscilloscope in a rack 29 To power on the oscilloscope 30 Recall the Default Oscilloscope Setup 31 Input a Waveform and AutoScale 32 How AutoScale works 33 Become Familiar with Oscilloscope Controls and Connectors 34 Front Panel Controls and Connectors
175. dt See page 184 for information about using g t as the source Scale lets you set your own vertical scale factors for J dt expressed in unit seconds division where units can be V Volts A Amps or W Watts Units are set in the channel Probe Menu Press the Scale softkey then turn the Entry knob to rescale J dt Offset lets you set your own offset for the f Vdt math function The offset value is in unit seconds where units can be V Volts A Amps or W Watts and is represented by the center horizontal grid line of the display Press the Offset softkey then turn the Entry knob to change the offset for J dt The integrate calculation is relative to the source signal s offset The following examples illustrate the effects of signal offset InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 193 5 Measurements and Math Functions Channel 1 OV f dt waveform Channel 1 ov f dt waveform Displayed Integrate Source Math Math function operator waveform waveform selected scale offset Figure 30 Integrate and Signal Offset 194 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Square Root Square root o calculates the square root of the selected source 1 Press the Math key press the press the Function softkey and select f t press the Operator softkey and select V square root Press the Source 1 Scale or Offset sofkeys if you want to change the sourc
176. e Microsoft Internet Explorer is the recommended Web browser for communication and control of the oscilloscope Other Web browsers may work but are not guaranteed to work with the oscilloscope The Web browser must be Java enabled with Sun Microsystems Java Plug in Before you can use the web interface you must place the oscilloscope on the network and set up its LAN connection 240 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 8 Setting up the Oscilloscope s LAN Connection Before you can use the web interface you must place the oscilloscope on the network and set up its LAN connection When you connect the oscilloscope to a LAN it is a good practice to limit access to the oscilloscope by setting a password By default the oscilloscope is not password protected See page 253 to set a password Any time you modify the oscilloscope s hostname it will break the connection between the oscilloscope and the LAN You will need to re establish communication to the oscilloscope using the new hostname To establish a LAN connection To connect to the network using DHCP or AutolP 1 Connect the oscilloscope to the local area network LAN by inserting the LAN cable into the LAN port on the rear panel of the oscilloscope In a few moments the oscilloscope will connect to the network automatically a If the oscilloscope does not automatically connect to the network press Utility gt 1 0 gt LAN Reset
177. e 1 floating point Bytes per Point 4 12 bytes Voltage Data N buffer size InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 421 19 Reference CSV and ASCII XY files 422 CSV and ASCII XY file structure In CSV or ASCII XY format the Length control selects the number of points per segment All segments are contained in the CSV file or in each ASCII XY data file For example If the Length control is set to 1000 points there will be 1000 points rows in the spreadsheet per segment When saving all segments there are three header rows so the data for the first segment starts at row 4 The second segment s data starts at row 1004 The time column shows the time since the trigger on the first segment The top row shows the selected number of points per segment BIN files are a more efficient data transfer format than CSV or ASCII XY Use this file format for fastest data transfer Minimum and Maximum Values in CSV Files If you are running a Minimum or Maximum measurement the minimum and maximum values shown in the measurement display may not appear in the CSV file Explanation When the oscilloscope s sample rate is 4 GSa s a sample will be taken every 250 ps If the sweep speed is set to 100 ns div there will be 1000 ns of data displayed because there are ten divisions across the screen To find the total number of samples the oscilloscope will take 1000ns x 4Gsa s 4000samples For measurem
178. e print always refers to printing the display to a printer Save means saving data to a USB mass storage device or the oscilloscope s internal memory The following table shows types of data and where the data can be saved Table5 Saving Oscilloscope Data BMP PNG CSV ASCII XY ALB BIN Type of Data Can be saved to USB device Oscilloscope s internal memory Oscilloscope setup and waveform trace Yes Yes Display image and waveform data files Yes No If Secure Environment Mode option is installed then data is prevented from being stored in the oscilloscope s internal memory You can also save the oscilloscope s display image using a web browser See Get Image on page 250 for details Selecting a Destination for Your Saved Data Press Save Recall gt Save to access the Save Menu and select a destination for saving your data 206 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Saving Recalling and Printing 6 Press to go Location Save to softkey Using the oscilloscope s File Explorer The second softkey from the left in the Save Menu is the file explorer softkey If no USB mass storage device is connected to the oscilloscope you will only be able to save Trace and Setup files to the oscilloscope s internal memory You will not be able to save display image files or waveform data files as described on page 210 unless a USB mass storage device is connected
179. e scaling or offset for the square root function Source 1 selects the source for V square root See page 184 for information about using g t as the source Scale lets you set your own vertical scale factors for y square root expressed as v 2 div Volts square root division A div Amps square root division or wl 2 div Watts square root division or Volt Amps square root division Units are set in the channel Probe Menu Press the Scale softkey then turn the Entry knob to rescale V square root Offset lets you set your own offset for the multiply math function The offset value is in V Volts square root Al Amps square root or wl Watts square root and is represented by the center horizontal grid line of the display Press the Offset softkey then turn the Entry knob to change the offset for y square root A scale unit of U undefined will be displayed for scale and offset if the two source channels are set to dissimilar units Units are set using the channel s Probe Units softkey InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 195 5 Measurements and Math Functions Channel 1 Rise M 35ns waveform Displayed Square Source Math Math function root waveform waveform selected operator scale offset Figure 31 Example of V Square Root 196 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 FFT Measurement FFT is use
180. e Oscilloscope Display The oscilloscope display contains acquired waveforms setup information measurement results and the softkey definitions Figure 1 Interpreting the oscilloscope display Analog Trigger point Delay Sweep Run Stop Trigger Trigger channel time reference time speed status type source sensitivity ee Status line ee Analog channels and ground levels Trigger Level Trigger level or digital threshold a Cursor Digital markers channels defining measurement Mean Min Std Dev Count D 8 752 31Hz 578 g 122 71Hz 11 63k ZA 38 955 301 3 2 6 5926 31 63k 3 6956V___3 63V B 17 799my 11 63k Measurement Measurement statistics line ee a Status line The top line of the display contains vertical horizontal and trigger setup information Display area The display area contains the waveform acquisitions channel identifiers and analog trigger and ground level indicators Each analog channel s information appears in a different color Measurement line This line normally contains automatic measurement and cursor results but can also display advanced trigger setup data and menu information Softkeys The softkeys let you set up additional parameters for the selected mode or menu 48 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 Access the Built In Quick Help To view Quick Help 1 Press and hold the key or softkey for which you would like to view he
181. e ground is off screen Center The displayed waveform will expand about the center of the display To disable enable antialiasing At slower sweep speeds the sample rate is reduced and a proprietary display algorithm is used to minimize the likelihood of aliasing By default Antialiasing is enabled You should leave Antialiasing enabled unless there is a specific reason to switch it off InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 383 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings 384 If you need to switch Antialiasing off press Utility gt Options gt Preferences and press the Antialiasing softkey to switch the feature off The displayed waveforms will be more susceptible to aliasing To set up the screen saver The oscilloscope can be configured to turn on a display screen saver when the oscilloscope has been idle for a specified length of time 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences gt Screen Saver to display the Screen Saver Menu 2 Press the Saver softkey to select the screen saver type The screen saver can be set to Off to display any of the images shown in the list or can display a user defined text string If User is selected press the Spell softkey to select the first character of the text string Use the Entry knob to choose a character Then press the Enter softkey to advance to the next character and repeat the process The resultant string is displayed in the Text line above the
182. e of 1 GSa s and a 1 M memory depth At that rate memory is filled in 1 ms If the acquisition time is 100 ms 10 ms div only 1 of every 100 samples is needed to fill memory Selecting the Acquisition mode To select the acquisition mode press the Acquire key on the front panel Normal Mode In Normal mode at slower sweep speeds extra samples are decimated in other words some are thrown away This mode yields the best display for most waveforms InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 227 7 228 Acquisition Modes Peak Detect Mode In Peak Detect mode at slower sweep speeds minimum and maximum samples are kept in order to capture infrequent and narrow events at the expense of exaggerating any noise This mode displays all pulses that are at least as wide as the sample period see Table 7 Table 7 _InfiniiVision Series Oscilloscope Bandwidths Maximum Sample Rates and Sample Periods Bandwidth Maximum A sample is taken every Sample Rate sample period 100 MHz 2 GSa s 500 ps 350 MHz 2 GSa s 500 ps 500 MHz 4 GSa s 250 ps 1 GHz 4 GSa s 250 ps See also Glitch or Narrow Pulse Capture on page 119 High Resolution Mode In High Resolution mode at slower sweep speeds extra samples are averaged in order to reduce random noise produce a smoother trace on the screen and effectively increase vertical resolution High Resolution mode averages sequential sample points within the same
183. e running or when they are stopped When running adjusting the horizontal scale knob changes the sample rate When stopped adjusting the horizontal scale knob lets you zoom into acquired data See Panning and Zooming Single or Stopped Acquisitions on page 64 Panning and Zooming Single or Stopped Acquisitions When the oscilloscope is stopped use the horizontal scale and position knobs to pan and zoom your waveform The stopped display may contain several acquisitions worth of information but only the last acquisition is available for pan and zoom The ability to pan move horizontally and scale expand or compress horizontally an acquired waveform is important because of the additional insight it can reveal about the captured waveform This additional insight is often gained from seeing the waveform at different levels of abstraction You may want to view both the big picture and the specific little picture details The ability to examine waveform detail after the waveform has been acquired is a benefit generally associated with digital oscilloscopes Often this is simply the ability to freeze the display for the purpose of measuring with cursors or printing the screen Some digital oscilloscopes go one step further by including the ability to further examine the signal details after acquiring them by panning through the waveform and changing the horizontal scale There is no limit imposed on the scaling ratio between the sweep spe
184. e saved then all segments of the next higher numbered channel are saved This continues until all displayed channels are saved When the oscilloscope is in the Peak Detect acquisition mode the minimum and maximum value waveform data points are saved to the file in separate waveform buffers The minimum value data points are saved first then the maximum value data points are saved BIN data using segmented memory When saving all segments each segment has its own waveform header see page 415 In BIN file format data are presented as follows e Channel 1 data all segments e Channel 2 data all segments e Channel 3 data all segments e Channel 4 data all segments e Digital channel data all segments e Math waveform data all segments When not saving all segments the number of waveforms is equivalent to the number of active channels including math and digital channels with up to seven waveform for each digital pod When saving all segments the number of waveforms is equal to the number of active channels multiplied by the number of segments acquired InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 19 Binary Data in MATLAB Binary data from an InfiniiVision oscilloscope can be imported to The MathWorks MATLAB You can download the appropriate MATLAB functions from the Agilent Technologies web site at www agilent com find 7000sw Agilent provides the m files which need to be copied into
185. e when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries e Red dots in the decode line indicate that more data can be displayed Scroll or expand the horizontal scale to view the data e Aliased bus values undersampled or indeterminate are drawn in red e Unknown bus values undefined or error conditions are drawn in red 310 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide PS Triggering and Serial Decode 12 When the receiver word size is greater than the transmit word size the decoder fills the least significant bits with zeros and the decoded value does not match the trigger value Interpreting IS Lister Data Left Channel Right Channel Errors 0 0 20 20 39 20 54us 39 30 14us 57 Lister Display Scroll Zoom to Undo Options L Lister Selection Zoom In addition to the standard Time column the I S Lister contains these columns e Left Channel displays the left channel data e Right Channel displays the right channel data e Errors highlighted in red and marked with an X InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 311 12 PS Triggering and Serial Decode Searching for I S Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of I S data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With IS selected as t
186. e when a printer is connected as described in To print the oscilloscope s display on page 220 Measure Measurements and measurement statistics run only on waveforms that contain a mask violation and are not affected by passing waveforms This mode is not available when the acquisition mode is set to Averaging Note that you can choose to Print or Save but you cannot select both Source Lock When you turn on Source Lock using the Source Lock softkey the mask is redrawn to match the source whenever you move the waveform For example if you change the horizontal timebase or the vertical gain the mask is redrawn with the new settings When you turn off Source Lock the mask is not redrawn when horizontal or vertical settings are changed If you change the Source channel the mask is not erased It is re scaled to the vertical gain and offset settings of the channel to which it is assigned To create a new mask for the selected source channel go back up in the menu hierarchy then press Automask and press Create Mask The Source softkey in the Mask Setup Menu is the same as the Source softkey in the Automask Menu InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 347 16 Analyzing Data Mask Test Trigger Output The oscilloscope s trigger output located on the rear panel can be activated by mask test results Press Utility gt Options gt Rear Panel gt Trig Out and select Mask Use the Mask Out softkey to s
187. ed used to acquire the data and the sweep speed used to view the data There is however a useful limit This useful limit is somewhat a function of the signal you are analyzing InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 In normal display mode with vectors connect the dots off you can scale in to the point where there are no samples on the screen Obviously this is far beyond the useful limit Likewise with vectors on you can see the linear interpolation between the points but again this is of very limited value Zooming into stopped acquisitions The screen will still contain a relatively good display if you zoom in horizontally by a factor of 1000 and zoom in vertically by a factor of 10 to display the information from where it was acquired Remember that you can only make automatic measurements on displayed data To change the horizontal time mode Normal XY or Roll 1 Press Horiz 2 In the Horizontal Menu press Time Mode then select Normal the normal viewing mode for the oscilloscope In the Normal time mode signal events occurring before the trigger are plotted to the left of the trigger point t and signal events after the trigger plotted to the right of the trigger point XY XY mode changes the display from a volts versus time display to a volts versus volts display The time base is turned off Channel 1 amplitude is plotted on the X axis and Channel 2 amplitude i
188. eforms Negative delay values indicate that the selected edge of source 1 occurred after the selected edge of source 2 Source 1 _ i X f NO _ gt _ Delay Source 2 Ng O 1 Press the Meas gt Select and select Delay Press the Settings softkey to select the source channels and slope for the delay measurement The default Delay settings measure from the rising edge of channel 1 to the rising edge of channel 2 2 Press the Measure Delay softkey to make the measurement InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 The example below shows a delay measurement between the rising edge of channel 1 and the rising edge of channel 2 Measure Current Mean Min Max Std Dev Count Freq 1 74 6kHz 74 600kHz 74 6kHz 74 6kHz 0 OHZ 9 365k Pk Pk 1 4 69V 4 6816V 4 68V 4 75V 21 696mV 9 365k AQ 924 6 65us 6 6500us 6 65us 6 65us 9 365k Phase Phase is the calculated phase shift from source 1 to source 2 expressed in degrees Negative phase shift values indicate that the rising edge of source 1 occurred after the rising edge of source 2 Delay Pies Source 1 Period 360 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 167 5 Measurements and Math Functions Source 1 UN S Source 2 a ca 1 Press the Settings softkey to select the source 1 and source 2 channels for the phase measurement The default Phase settings measure from channel 1 to channel 2 The example b
189. el oscilloscopes only press the Digital key and the Thresholds softkey to access the threshold level setting softkeys and set the thresholds to the approximate middle of the signals 294 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 1 C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 11 SPI Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture SPI signals see Setup for SPI Signals on page 292 After the oscilloscope has been set up to capture SPI signals you can then trigger on a data pattern that occurs at the start of a frame The serial data string can be specified to be from 4 to 32 bits long When you select the SPI trigger type a graphic will be displayed showing the current state of the frame signal clock slope number of data bits and data bit values Press the Signals softkey in the Settings Menu to see the current source channels for the clock data and frame signals 1 Press Trigger then select the SPI trigger type 2 Repeatedly press and release the Trigger softkey or rotate the Entry knob to select the trigger condition 3 Press the Bits softkey and turn the Entry knob to set the number of bits Bits in the serial data string The number of bits in the string can be set anywhere from 4 bits to 32 bits The data values for the serial string are displayed in the Data string in the waveform area 4 Turn the Entry knob to select a specific data bit in the serial string as shown in the Bit softkey As you r
190. elect the desired mode Run mode Mask Out setting Trigger Output rear panel Single Pass A pulse is produced if the mask test passed Single Fail A pulse is produced if the mask test failed Run Pass A pulse is produced if all mask tests have passed Run Fail A pulse is produced if any mask test has failed The Pass fail status is evaluated periodically When the evaluation of the testing period results in a pulse output the trigger output pulses high 5 V Otherwise the trigger output remains at low 0 V Mask Statistics From the Mask Test Menu press the Statistics softkey to enter the Mask Statistics Menu 348 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Analyzing Data 16 Cumpent mask AutoMask CH1 OC fp2212 03 53 2009 HOF Tests 380 Status Falling 0OTOTYT5 8 Failures Failure Rate Sigma Channel 1 19 5 0000 Bodleal 2 S S Reset T t Clear Statistics Display When you enable Show Statistics the following information is displayed e Current mask name of mask Channel number date and time of Tests total number of mask tests executed e Status Passing Failing or Untested e Accumulated test time in hours minutes seconds and tenths of seconds And for each analog channel e Number of failures acquisitions in which the signal excursion went beyond the mask e Failure rate percentage of failures e Sigma the ratio of process sigma to maximum achievable sigm
191. elected event trigger InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 317 13 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode FlexRay Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture FlexRay signals see Setup for FlexRay Signals on page 314 While decoding FlexRay data you can use FlexRay trigger or another trigger type such as duration I2C Nth edge burst sequence SPI or USB When the oscilloscope is in FlexRay trigger mode only FlexRay decode is available For FlexRay triggering setup see FlexRay Triggering on page 315 To set up FlexRay serial decode 1 Press Serial then select the FlexRay serial decode mode FRAMES 0051931110 NULL 001270258 2 4 SYNC 010393103 20 0 amp Mode S s Reset FlexRay FlexRay Counters 2 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 3 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data You can use the Zoom horizontal sweep mode for easier navigation of the decoded data 318 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 13 Interpreting FlexRay Frame Decode Payload data Cycle Number Header CRC blue Payload Length green Frame ID yellow Frame Type OA OB OC OD OE OF 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 FRAMES 0051931110 NULL 001270258 2 4 SYNC 010393103 20 0 amp Mode Sett Reset FlexRay FlexRay gt Counters
192. elow shows a phase measurement between the channel 1 and the math d dt function on channel 1 Measur Std Dev Count Phase A 20 23 934 352k 168 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Voltage Measurements Measurement units for each input channel can be set to Volts or Amps using the channel Probe Units softkey A scale unit of U undefined will be displayed for math function 1 2 and for d dt and J dt when 1 2 or 1 2 is the selected source if channel 1 and channel 2 are set to dissimilar units in the channel Probe Units softkey Math Measurements and Units Only Peak Peak Maximum Minimum Average X at Min Y and X at Max Y automatic measurements may be made on a math FFT function See Making time measurements automatically for the FFT X at Max Y and X at Min Y measurement Use the cursors to make other measurements on FFT All voltage measurements may be made on other math functions The resultant units are FFT dB decibels e 1 2 V A or W Volt Amp e 1 2 V Volts or A Amps d dt V s or A s V second A second e f dt Vs or As V seconds or A seconds When the FFT source is channel 1 2 3 or 4 FFT units will be displayed in dBV when channel units is set to Volts and channel impedance is set to 1 MQ FFT units will be displayed in dBm when channel units is set to Volts and channel impedance is set to 50Q FFT units will be di
193. ement Statistics 157 Measurement Thresholds 160 Measurement Definitions 162 Time Measurements 162 Delay and Phase Measurements 166 Voltage Measurements 169 Overshoot and Preshoot Measurements 174 Cursor Measurements 177 To make cursor measurements 1 78 Cursor Examples 180 Math Functions 183 To use waveform math 183 To perform a math function upon an arithmetic operation 184 Math scale and offset 184 Units 185 Multiply 187 Add or Subtract 189 Differentiate 191 Integrate 193 Square Root 195 FFT Measurement 197 FFT Operation 199 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Contents 6 Saving Recalling and Printing 205 Saving and Recalling Data 206 Selecting a Destination for Your Saved Data 206 Selecting a File Name 208 Saving Waveform Trace and Oscilloscope Setup 209 Display Image and Waveform Data File Formats 210 Choosing Save Settings 211 To save a waveform and or setup to a USB mass storage device 215 To save a waveform and or setup to the oscilloscope s internal memory 216 To recall waveform trace and or oscilloscope setup 216 File Explorer 217 Printing Screens 220 To print the oscilloscope s display 220 Options 221 Palette 221 7 Acquisition Modes 223 Starting Stopping and Single Acquisitions Run Control 224 To start and stop an acquisition 224 To make a single acquisition 225 Acquisition Modes 227 At Slower Sweep Speeds 227 Selecting the Acquisition mode 227 Normal Mode 227 Peak Dete
194. ent category definitions 411 easurement definitions 162 easurement line 48 easurement statistics 157 easurement thresholds 160 easurement window zoomed time base 386 measurements 154 205 automatic 156 delay 154 overshoot 155 phase 154 preshoot 155 time 154 voltage 154 MegaZoom Ill 4 mem8M 395 memory depth 225 memory segmented 234 menu up 41 MIL STD 1553 license 394 MIL STD 1553 probing signals 324 Minimum measurement 171 missing acknowledge condition 12C trigger 284 Mode Coupling key trigger 98 model number 239 397 Modify softkey 242 MSO 3 MSO feature upgrade 396 MSO Option 393 395 MST Option 393 Multiply math function 187 33333 N2791A 25 Miz differential active probe 324 navigate files 217 Navigate key 40 network connecting to 241 network configuration parameters 239 network status information 239 new label 91 noise high frequency 105 106 low frequency 105 noise rejection 106 normal acquire mode 227 normal mode 227 Normal trigger mode 39 99 100 Nth Edge 2 135 Nth Edge 2 no re find 135 Nth edge burst trigger 123 Nth edge burst triggering 123 0 option SEC 396 options print 221 output trigger 391 overlay localized 45 Overshoot measurement 175 overshoot measurements 155 overvoltage category 413 P palette 211 pan and zoom 63 parts replacement 379 passive probes 53 password reset 254 set 253 pattern duration trigg
195. ent data the oscilloscope will decimate the 4000 points to 1000 points that will fit on the display This decimation will not lose track of the min and max values at each of the 1000 horizontal data points and min and max values will be displayed on screen However the oversampled data is also processed to provide a best estimate value at each of the 1000 horizontal points The data in the CSV file will be the best estimate value at each of the 1000 horizontal points Therefore the min and max values may not appear in the CSV file This occurs when oversampling occurs 10 seconds per division maximum sample rate gt 1000 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 19 Acknowledgements RealVNC is licensed under the GNU General Public License Copyright C 2002 2005 RealVNC Ltd All Rights Reserved This is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This software is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details The license is located on the Agilent InfiniiVision Oscilloscopes Documentation CD ROM RealVNC source code can be obtained from RealVNC or by contacting
196. er 114 pattern trigger 125 SPI trigger 295 pattern trigger 125 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide PC connection 242 peak detect acquirsition mode 119 peak detect mode 227 228 Peak peak measurement 171 Period measurement 164 persistence infinite 224 Phase measurement 167 phase measurements 154 PNG file format 210 point to point connection 242 pollution degree 413 definitions 413 position digital channels 369 position knob 369 position analog 78 post processing 176 power consumption 29 power requirements 29 power supply 45 power switch 30 37 power on 29 predefined labels 90 Preset FFT 199 Preshoot measurement 175 preshoot measurements 155 Press to go 207 print 382 landscape 221 Quick Print 382 print options 221 print screen 220 printer USB 37 220 printers supported 220 printing the display 220 probe AutoProbe interface 38 calibrate 83 probe attenuation 82 109 probe compensation 37 probe head 57 probe units 82 110 probes 407 409 active 53 compensating 56 connecting to o scope 55 digital 360 passive 53 pulse polarity 128 pulse width trigger 128 Push to Position 369 Push to Select 369 PWR Option 395 Q qualifier 129 Quick Action key 382 Quick Freeze Display 382 Quick Help 49 updates 50 uick Help language 50 uick Print 382 uick Recall 382 uick Save 382 ea ka ka ES random noise 104 rat
197. erial Decode 11 Interpreting IC Decode 41A 47A 49A 4C e Angled waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame e Mid level blue lines show an idle bus e In the decoded hexadecimal data Address values appear at the start of a frame Write addresses appear in light blue along with the W character Read addresses appear in yellow along with the R character Restart addresses appear in green along with the S character Data values appear in white A indicates Ack low A indicates No Ack high Decoded text is truncated at the end of the associated frame when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries e Red dots in the decode line indicate that more data can be displayed Scroll or expand the horizontal scale to view the data InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 289 11 C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode e Aliased bus values undersampled or indeterminate are drawn in red e Unknown bus values undefined or error conditions are drawn in red Interpreting I7C Lister Data Restart Data e 06 41 47 49 4C 45 4E 54 3 827ms 10 4D 53 4F 5 580ms 5 877ms 6 038ms Data 41 47 49 4C 45 4E 54 In addition to the standard Time column the I C Lister contains these columns e Restart indicated with an X e Address colored blue for writes yellow for reads e Data data bytes
198. es User s Guide Reference 19 Measurement Category Measurement Category The InfiniiVision oscilloscopes are intended to be used for measurements in Measurement Category I Use this instrument only for measurements within its specified measurement category Measurement Category Definitions Measurement category I is for measurements performed on circuits not directly connected to MAINS Examples are measurements on circuits not derived from MAINS and specially protected internal MAINS derived circuits In the latter case transient stresses are variable for that reason the transient withstand capability of the equipment is made known to the user Measurement category II is for measurements performed on circuits directly connected to the low voltage installation Examples are measurements on household appliances portable tools and similar equipment Measurement category III is for measurements performed in the building installation Examples are measurements on distribution boards circuit breakers wiring including cables bus bars junction boxes switches socket outlets in the fixed installation and equipment for industrial use and some other equipment for example stationary motors with permanent connection to the fixed installation Measurement category IV is for measurements performed at the source of the low voltage installation Examples are electricity meters and measurements on primary overcurrent protection
199. ess the Press to Save softkey To save a waveform and or setup to the oscilloscope s internal memory 1 Press the Save Recall key 2 Press the Save softkey 3 Press the Format softkey and choose Trace and Setup 4 Press the Save to softkey Then rotate the Entry knob to navigate to the C setups directory then choose one of the files to overwrite intern_0 through intern_9 You can push the Entry knob to make your directory and file selections 5 Press the Press to Save softkey or select the file using the Entry knob and then press the Entry knob To recall waveform trace and or oscilloscope setup A recalled trace is typically used for a quick comparison of measurement results For example you might save a trace of a waveform to use as a reference then make a similar measurement on a test system and then recall the saved trace to observe any differences 1 Press the Save Recall key 2 Press the Recall softkey The Recall Menu will be displayed 216 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Saving Recalling and Printing 6 3 Press the Recall softkey in the Recall Menu and choose Setup Trace or Trace and Setup 4 Press the second softkey from the left and navigate to the oscilloscope s internal memory location or the USB mass storage device that holds the saved trace and or setup See File Explorer below for more information 5 Press the Press to Recall softkey File Explorer The
200. esult is displayed Multiply is useful for seeing power relationships when one of the channels is proportional to the current Example Multiply channel 1 by channel 2 Scale lets you set your own vertical scale factors for multiply expressed as V div Volts squared division A2 div Amps squared division or W div Watts division or Volt Amps division Units are set in the channel Probe Menu Press the Scale softkey then turn the Entry knob to rescale the math waveform Offset lets you set your own offset for the multiply math function The offset value is in V Volts squared A Amps squared or W Watts and is represented by the center horizontal grid line of the display Press the Offset softkey then turn the Entry knob to change the offset for the math waveform InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 187 5 Measurements and Math Functions Figure 27 188 Channel 1 Channel 2 1 2 waveform Displayed ae First Second Math Math function operator operand operand waveform waveform selected scale offset Example of Multiply InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Add or Subtract When you select add or subtract the Source 1 and Source 2 channel voltage values are added or subtracted point by point and the result is displayed You can use subtract to make a differential measurement or to compare two waveforms If your wavef
201. ets the FFT spectrum frequency represented at the center vertical grid line of the display It is possible to set the Center to values below half the span or above the maximum available frequency in which case the displayed spectrum will not take up the whole screen Press the Center softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the desired center frequency of the display Scale lets you set your own vertical scale factors for FFT expressed in dB div decibels division Press the Scale softkey then turn the Entry knob to rescale your math function Offset lets you set your own offset for the FFT The offset value is in dB and is represented by the center horizontal grid line of the display Press the Offset softkey then turn the Entry knob to change the offset of your math function InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Scale and offset considerations If you do not manually change the FFT scale or offset settings when you turn the horizontal sweep speed knob the span and center frequency settings will automatically change to allow optimum viewing of the full spectrum If you do manually set scale or offset turning the sweep speed knob will not change the span or center frequency settings allowing you see better detail around a specific frequency Pressing the FFT Preset softkey will automatically rescale the waveform and span and center will again automatically track the horizontal s
202. evice with the files to be loaded or deleted to the USB port on the front or the rear of the oscilloscope A small four color circle icon may be displayed as the USB device is read 2 Press Utility gt File Explorer 3 Turn and push the Entry knob to select the desired file on the USB mass storage device This softkey will be labeled Press to go when pointing at a directory that can be selected Location when pointing to a directory that is currently selected and Selected when pointing to a file InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Saving Recalling and Printing 6 that can be loaded or deleted Pressing the Entry knob will initiate the selected activity an usb0 EW aC usb0 lt Up gt 9 lt FW gt O HELP7000 May 01 2009 16 39 O MSO6000 Apr 30 2009 15 09 m gt MS07000 Apr 30 2009 15 09 amp Press to go MS07000 Navigate Load selected Delete selected using Entry file file knob select using this key or push Entry knob InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 219 Saving Recalling and Printing Printing Screens 220 You can print the complete display including the status line and softkeys to a USB printer The Print Configuration Menu is displayed when you press the Print key The print option softkeys and the Press to Print softkey are ghosted not available until a printer is connected E gt Print to amp Options gt P
203. ey Rotate the Entry knob to match the receiver word size of the device under test from 4 to 32 bits 11 Press the Alignment softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select the desired alignment of the data signal SDATA The on screen diagram changes with your selection InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 303 12 304 Is Triggering and Serial Decode Standard Alignment MSB of data for each sample is sent first LSB is sent last The MSB appears on the SDATA line one bit clock after the edge of the WS transition LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL lu j K sex l ll ll U ONE SCLK CYCLE SDATA o i l2 n 2In 1 0 1 2 7 m2h MBB eesis LSB MSBi lt 22 22 2 22e52e 2 LSB Left Justified Data transmission MSB first begins at the edge of the WS transition without the one bit delay that Standard format employs l LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL i Oe a sou tL Ur tu I SDATA o 1 2 n 2 n 1 lo 1 2 i mln MSB LSB MSB LSB Right Justified Data transmission MSB first is right justified to the transition of WS
204. ey You should see a display similar to the following Og 0 0 500 08 Auto FTL Undo amp Channels D Acq Mode Autoscale All Normal Figure 35 AutoScale of digital channels 0 to 3 MSO models only InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 365 17 Digital Channels Interpreting the digital waveform display The following figure shows a typical display with digital channels Delay Sweep Trigger Trigger time time div mode or run type and a g m Threshold level Digital channel poea identifier Activity TETTTTTI D indicator CI Turn on Turn off Thresholds Bus _1D15 D15 D8 D7 DO ws wv Waveform Turn Turn Threshold size individual groups of menu key channels channels on off on off Activity indicator When any digital channels are turned on an activity indicator is displayed in the status line at the bottom of the display A digital channel can be always high always low or actively toggling logic states f Any channel that is turned off will be grayed out in the activity indicator 366 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 17 To change the displayed size of the digital channels 1 Press the Digital key 2 Press the size JL JL softkey to select how the digital channels are displayed The sizing control lets you spread out or compress the digital traces vertically on the display for more convenient viewing To switch a sing
205. f the display the time and voltage positions are shown for the markers The vertical Y and horizontal X differences between the markers are shown as AX and AY values 178 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Binary Logic levels of displayed waveforms at the current X1 and X2 cursor positions are displayed above the softkeys in binary The display is color coded to match the color of the related channel s waveform Cursor X1 values Cursor X1 values for for analog channels digital channels 1 through 4 D15 Through DO fo 88X94 XAT XBI NCB XDS KDE XEANESXES oe a ODODE XI 4 amp Mode Source 4D Cursors fr Ses 80000us Binary p15 DO X2 Hex Logic levels of displayed waveforms at the current X1 and X2 cursor positions are displayed above the softkeys in hexadecimal Manual and Track Waveform modes can be used on waveforms that are displayed on the analog input channels including math functions Binary and Hex modes apply to digital signals of MSO oscilloscope models In Hex and Binary modes a level can be displayed as 1 higher than trigger level 0 lower than trigger level indeterminate state or X don t care In Binary mode X is displayed if the channel is turned off In Hex mode the channel is interpreted as 0 if turned off 4 Press Source or X1 Source X2 Source in the Track Waveform mode then select the input source for cursor v
206. field increments until the oscilloscope triggers on only one phase of the color burst A quick way to synchronize to the other phase is to briefly disconnect the signal and then reconnect it Repeat until the correct phase is displayed When holdoff is adjusted using the TV Holdoff softkey and the Entry knob the corresponding holdoff time will be displayed in the Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu 148 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Table4 Half field holdoff time Standard Time NTSC 8 35 ms PAL 10 ms PAL M 10 ms SECAM 10 ms Generic 8 35 ms EDTV 480p 60 8 35 ms HDTV 720p 60 8 35 ms HDTV 1080p 24 20 835 ms HDTV 1080p 25 20 ms HDTV 1080i 50 10 ms HDTV 1080i 60 8 35 ms Figure 18 Using TV Holdoff to Synchronize to Color Field 1 or 3 Field 1 mode O sor 8 go o 424 08 500 08 Auto TV E Field TV Holdoff 0000flds InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 149 4 Triggering USB Trigger 150 USB trigger will trigger on a Start of Packet SOP End of Packet EOP signal Reset Complete RC Enter Suspend Suspend or Exit Suspend Exit Sus on the differential USB data lines D and D USB Low Speed and Full Speed are supported by this trigger End of packet trigger per me YOO YOOX fo t L so SEO portion of EOP v 1 Press Default Setup 2 Press the Label key to switch labels on 3 Turn on any analog or digital channels that you will be using for the
207. figuration Menu Rx or Tx Any Error Finds any error For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 259 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see To navigate the time base on page 74 342 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide amp ee 16 e Analyzing Data Performing Mask Tests 344 Enabling Presision Measurements and Math 357 The oscilloscope s Analyze key gives you access to these features e Mask testing if you have Option LMT N5455A installed e Precision measurements and waveform math 7 Agilent Technologies 343 16 Analyzing Data Performing Mask Tests One way to verify a waveform s compliance to a particular set of parameters is to use mask testing A mask defines a region of the oscilloscope s display in which the waveform must remain in order to comply with chosen parameters Compliance to the mask is verified point by point across the display Mask test operates on displayed analog channels it does not operate on channels that are not displayed To enable mask test order option LMT at time of oscilloscope purchase or order N5455A as a stand alone item after oscilloscope purchase To create a mask from a golden waveform Automask A golden waveform meets all chosen parameters and it is the waveform to which all others will be compared
208. frequency of pulse ringing 181 Cursors track Zoom sweep 181 Measuring pulse width with cursors 182 Moving the cursors together to check pulse width variations 182 oscopes User s Guide 21 Figures Figure 27 Example of Multiply 188 Figure 28 Example of Subtract 190 Figure 29 Example of Differentiate Function 192 Figure 30 Integrate and Signal Offset 194 Figure 31 Example of V Square Root 196 Figure 32 Aliasing 198 Figure 33 Random noise on the displayed waveform 231 Figure 34 128 Averages used to reduce random noise 231 Figure 35 AutoScale of digital channels 0 to 3 MSO models only 365 Figure 36 DC and Low Frequency Probe Equivalent Circuit 375 Figure 37 High Frequency Probe Equivalent Circuit 375 Figure 38 Impedance versus Frequency for Both Probe Circuit Models 376 Figure 39 Common Mode Input Voltage Model 377 Figure 40 User Calibration cable for 2 channel oscilloscope 399 Figure 41 User Calibration cable for 4 channel oscilloscope 400 22 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Tables Table 1 7000B Series Model Numbers Bandwidths and Sampling Rates 4 Table 1 Default Configuration Settings 31 Table 2 Passive Probes 53 Table 3 Active Probes 54 Table 4 Half field holdofftime 149 Table 5 Saving Oscilloscope Data 206 Table 6 Recommended Signal Mapping 215 Table 7 InfiniiVision Series Oscilloscope Bandwidths Maximum Sample Rates and Sample Periods 228 Table 8 Digital Probe
209. g edge All other channels will be defaulted to don t care X If you want to reassign an edge to a different channel repeat the above step The value of the original channel edge will be defaulted to X don t care If the term s used in the Find Sequence Stage condition are set to don t care the oscilloscope will not trigger At least one term in the stage must be set to a value other than X don t care Define the Trigger on Stage 1 Press the Stage softkey and select Trigger on Trigger on is the next stage in the trigger sequence When you select the Stage Trigger on softkey the next softkey to the right will display Trigger and give you a list of the terms you can define for the Trigger on stage The Trigger on stage can be set to one of the following conditions Pattern 2 Entered A pattern is entered on the last edge that makes the pattern true logical AND Pattern 2 Exited A pattern is exited on the first edge that makes the pattern false logical NAND Edge 2 Pattern 2 and Edge 2 Nth Edge 2 Nth Edge 2 no re find 2 Press the Trigger softkey and select a stage to trigger on 134 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 3 To define the term s used in the Trigger on stage press the Term softkey and select the pattern or edge term displayed in the Trigger softkey 4 If you select a pattern term each channel in the pattern must be set to a
210. g in 12C or SPI modes or any non serial trigger mode I2S is available for decoding When 2S is selected as the trigger mode only I2S decode is available For I2S triggering setup see 12S Triggering on page 306 To set up I S serial decode 1 Press Serial then select the IS serial decode mode v H we 4d Mode Signals Bus Config Base Lister PS Decimal 2 Press the Base softkey to select the number base in which to display decoded data 3 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 4 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the 12S signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the Zoom horizontal sweep mode for easier navigation of the acquired data InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 309 12 PS Triggering and Serial Decode Interpreting IS Decode e Angled waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame e Mid level blue lines show an idle bus e In the decoded data Right channel data values appear in green along with the R characters Left channel data values appear in white along with the L characters Decoded text is truncated at the end of the associated fram
211. ger on one edge of the waveform and ignore further edges until the holdoff time expires The oscilloscope will then re arm the trigger circuit to search for the next edge trigger This allows the oscilloscope to trigger on a repeating pattern in a waveform InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 External Trigger Input The External Trigger input can be used as a source in several of the trigger types On 2 channel oscilloscopes the external trigger BNC input is on the front panel and is labeled Ext Trigger On 4 channel oscilloscopes the external trigger BNC input is on the rear panel and is labeled Ext Trig 2 Channel Oscilloscope External Trigger Input External Trigger Probe Settings You can set external trigger probe parameters as described below 1 Press the Mode Coupling key in the Trigger section of the front panel E amp Mode gt Coupling Noise Rej HF Reject gt Holdoff External Auto DC al mj 60ns 2 Press the External softkey to display the External Trigger Menu Probe Attenuation Turn the Entry knob to set the attenuation factor displayed in the Probe softkey for the connected probe The attenuation factor can be set from 0 1 1 to 1000 1 in a 1 2 5 sequence When you connect an AutoProbe self sensing probe the oscilloscope will automatically configure your probe to the correct attenuation factor The probe correction factor must be set properly for measurements
212. ges 1 External 2 Trigger 3 10 MHz 4 Calibration 5 Digital 6 XGA 7 USB 8 USB Trigger Output Reference Protect Input Video Host Port Device Input Connector Switch Connector Output Forsaving Port and For loading remote data control 9 LAN _ Port e lt to N Ono x e ii J a amo m T 10 Kensington 11 Power ai Lock Connector 42 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 Rear Panel 2 Channel The 2 channel model rear panel is the same as the 4 channel model rear panel shown on page 42 except on 2 channel models the external trigger input is on the front panel instead of the rear panel External trigger input is on the front panel 7 a e S e ce eno X Or e so all St at NN RP NS o bo o t FAF ee Tee AS Sr SEST FENES Fee Agilent Technologies UUUUUUUUUUU T 2 8 s A E UUUUUUUUUUU
213. gives you the most accurate measurements since reflections are minimized along the signal path e 1M Ohm is for use with many passive probes and for general purpose measurements The higher impedance minimizes the loading effect of the oscilloscope on the device under test Probe Units Press the Units softkey to select the proper measurement unit for the connected probe Select Volts for a voltage probe and select Amps for a current probe Measurement results channel sensitivity and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you have selected InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 4 Channel Oscilloscope External Trigger Input Input Impedance The external trigger input impedance for the 4 channel oscilloscope is approximately 2 14 kQ Input Voltage The input voltage sensitivity is 500 mV from DC to 500 MHz The input voltage range is 15 V CAUTION Maximum voltage at 4 channel oscilloscope external trigger input 15 Vrms Do not exceed 15 Vrms at rear panel External Trigger input or damage to the A oscilloscope may occur There are no range or units settings for the External Trigger input of the 4 channel oscilloscope InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 111 4 Triggering Trigger Types 112 See Also The oscilloscope lets you synchronize the display to the actions of the device under test by defining a trigger condition You can use any input channel or
214. gnal detail 84 softkeys 48 status line 48 vectors 87 display multiple acquisitions 224 distortion problems 197 DNS IP 242 domain 242 Domain softkey 242 DSO 3 duration trigger 114 Duty cycle measurement 163 E ECL threshold 368 edge triggering 117 EEPROM data read 12C trigger 285 energy of apulse 193 Entry knob 34 41 46 event table 257 expand about 78 383 expand about center 383 expand about ground 383 exporting waveform 206 external memory device 37 external timebase 388 external trigger 109 input impedance 110 111 probe attenuation 109 probe settings 109 probe units 110 Extinction Ratio measurement 171 eye diagrams 232 F f t 184 factory default configuration 31 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Fall time measurement 165 feet 28 FFT measurements 197 FFT window 199 file save recall load 217 file browser save to 206 file explorer 207 217 using 218 file format ASCII 210 BIN 210 BMP 210 CSV 210 PNG 210 file keys 38 file name new 209 fine adjustment sweep speed 73 firmware updates 410 firmware upgrade files 252 firmware version information 239 firmware versions 252 flash drive 37 Flat top window 200 FlexRay frame counter 320 FlexRay serial decode 318 FlexRay totalizer 320 FlexRay trigger 315 FLX Option 394 FPG Option 393 394 FR2 Option 394 frame mode segmented memory 234 frame trigger 12C 285 286
215. guage To choose a Quick Help language in the oscilloscope 1 Press Help then press the Language softkey 2 Repeatedly press and release the Language softkey or rotate the Entry knob until the desired language is selected When Quick Help is set to one of the following languages the Graphical User Interface GUI is displayed in the language chosen e Simplified Chinese e Traditional Chinese e Japanese e Korean To get the latest Quick Help Updated Quick Help content may be dowloaded and installed on the oscilloscope just like firmware updates To download new Quick Help and GUI language files 1 Direct your web browser to www agilent com find 7000sw 2 Select Quick Help Language Support and follow the directions 50 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 2 Probing the Device Under Test Analog Input Impedance 50 Ohm or 1 MOhm 52 AutoProbe Interface 52 Passive Probes 53 Active Probes 53 Connect the Probes to the Oscilloscope 55 Compensating Passive Probes 56 Calibrating Probes 57 Manually Setting the Probe Attenuation Factor 59 Digital Probes 60 This chapter explains how to connect the oscilloscope to your device under test DUT using probes cti Agilent Technologies 51 2 Probing the Device Under Test Analog Input Impedance 50 Ohm or 1 MOhm The input impedance of most InfiniiVision oscilloscope analog channels can
216. hat is greater than the channel s trigger level or threshold level X sets the pattern to don t care on the selected channel Any channel set to don t care is ignored and is not used as part of the pattern However if all channels in the pattern are set to don t care the oscilloscope will not trigger The rising edge f or falling edge softkey sets the pattern to an edge on the selected channel Only one rising or falling edge can be specified in the pattern When an edge is specified the oscilloscope will trigger at the edge specified if the pattern set for the other channels is true If no edge is specified the oscilloscope will trigger on the last edge that makes the pattern true Specifying an Edge in a Pattern You are allowed to specify only one rising or falling edge term in the pattern If you define an edge term then select a different channel in the pattern and define another edge term the previous edge definition is changed to a don t care Hex Bus Pattern Trigger You can specify a bus value on which to trigger To do this first define the bus See To display digital channels as a bus on page 369 for details You can trigger on a bus value whether you are displaying the bus or not InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 To trigger on a bus value 1 Press the Pattern key on the front panel 2 Press the Channel softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select Bus1 or Bus2
217. he display changes to show the current state of the clock signal 6 Press the Data softkey or turn the Entry knob to select the channel that is connected to the SPI serial data line If the channel you selected is off switch it on As you press the Data softkey or rotate the Entry knob the DATA label for the source channel is automatically set and the channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to SPI InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 11 7 Press the Frame by softkey to select a framing signal that the oscilloscope will use for determining which clock edge is the first clock edge in the serial stream You can set the oscilloscope to trigger during a high chip select CS a low chip select CS or after a Timeout period during which the clock signal has been idle If the framing signal is set to CS or CS the first clock edge as defined rising or falling seen after the CS or CS signal transitions from low to high or high to low is the first clock in the serial stream Chip Select Press the CS or CS softkey or turn the Entry knob to select the channel that is connected to the SPI frame line The label CS or CS for the source channel is automatically set The data pattern and the clock transition must occur during the time when the framing signal is valid The framing signal must be valid for the entire data pattern
218. he Channel Menu press the BW Limit softkey to enable or disable bandwidth limiting When bandwidth limit is on the maximum bandwidth for the channel is approximately 25 MHz For waveforms with frequencies below this turning bandwidth limit on removes unwanted high frequency noise from the waveform The bandwidth limit also limits the trigger signal path of any channel that has BW Limit turned on 80 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 To change the vertical scale knob s coarse fine adjustment setting 1 Push the channel s vertical scale knob or press the channel key and then the Fine softkey in the Channel Menu to toggle between fine and coarse adjustment of the vertical scale When Fine adjustment is selected you can change the channel s vertical sensitivity in smaller increments The channel sensitivity remains fully calibrated when Fine is on The vertical scale value is displayed in the status line at the top of the display When Fine is turned off turning the volts division knob changes the channel sensitivity in a 1 2 5 step sequence To invert a waveform 1 Press the desired channel key 2 In the Channel Menu press the Invert softkey to invert the selected channel When Invert is selected the voltage values of the displayed waveform are inverted Invert affects how a channel is displayed but does not affect triggering If the oscilloscope is set to trigger on
219. he page for details Time Measurements Counter on page 162 Duty Cycle on page 163 Frequency on page 163 Period on page 164 Rise Time on page 165 Fall Time on page 165 Width on page 165 Width on page 165 X at Max Y on page 165 X at Min Y on page 166 Phase and Delay Phase on page 167 Delay on page 166 Voltage Measurements Average on page 170 Amplitude on page 170 Base on page 170 Extinction Ratio on page 171 Maximum on page 171 Minimum on page 171 Peak Peak on page 171 Ratio on page 171 RMS on page 171 Std Deviation on page 172 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 e Top on page 173 Preshoot and Overshoot e Preshoot on page 175 e Overshoot on page 175 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 155 5 Measurements and Math Functions Making Automatic Measurements Meas makes automatic measurements on a channel or any running math function Some measurements can only be made on analog source channels see list on page 157 The results of the last four selected measurements are displayed above the softkeys or in the display area when certain menus are selected Meas also makes measurements on stopped waveforms when you are panning and zooming Cursors are turned o
220. he serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press Search for then select from these options Equal finds the specified audio channel s data word when it equals the specified word l Not Equal finds any word other than the specified word lt Less than finds when the channel s data word is less than the specified value gt Greater than finds when the channel s data word is greater than the specified value gt lt In Range enter upper and lower values to specify the range to find lt gt Out of Range enter upper and lower values to specify range not to find Errors finds all errors For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 259 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see To navigate the time base on page 74 312 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide E ee 13 e FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for FlexRay Signals 314 FlexRay Triggering 315 FlexRay Serial Decode 318 The N5432C FlexRay triggering and decode option Option FLX requires a four channel InfiniiVision Series oscilloscope Option FLX lets you e Trigger on FlexRay bus frames error conditions or events e Display decoded FlexRay bus data AD Agilent Technologies a 13 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for
221. hen SDA data is high during any Ack SCL clock bit Address with no Ack The oscilloscope triggers when the acknowledge of the selected address field is false The R W bit is ignored Restart The oscilloscope triggers when another start condition occurs before a stop condition InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 1 C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 11 EEPROM Data Read The trigger looks for EEPROM control byte value 1010xxx on the SDA line followed by a Read bit and an Ack bit It then looks for the data value and qualifier set by the Data softkey and the Datais softkey When this event occurs the oscilloscope will trigger on the clock edge for the Ack bit after the data byte This data byte does not need to occur directly after the control byte Read ay eat e SDA IN 101 0xxx N AALL a Sg ae ee Be Siart ma Control byte R Nek ha Restart Condition Trigger point Frame Start Addr7 Read Ack Data or Frame Start Addr7 Write Ack Data The oscilloscope triggers on a read or write frame in 7 bit addressing mode on the 17th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match For triggering purposes a restart is treated as a start condition ae Write SDA N x J XX oe sc T TNS 1 7 NS BNET 1 TA E a 2 Startor Address R7 Ack Data Aek Stop Restart Trigger point Condition Condition 17th clock edge InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 285 11 286 soni _ hoe I
222. hold level for digital channels The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display 3 For each channel you select press the logic level softkey to set the condition for that channel in the pattern 1 sets the pattern to 1 high on the selected channel A high is a voltage level that is greater than the channel s trigger level or threshold level 114 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 0 sets the pattern to 0 low on the selected channel A low is a voltage level that is less than the channel s trigger level or threshold level X sets the pattern to don t care on the selected channel Any channel set to don t care is ignored and is not used as part of the pattern If all channels in the pattern are set to don t care the oscilloscope will not trigger 4 Press the Qualifier softkey to set the time duration qualifier for the pattern The time qualifier can set the oscilloscope to trigger on a channel pattern whose time duration is less than a time value lt greater than a time value gt greater than a time value but with timeout Timeout A trigger will be forced at the timeout value rather than occurring when the pattern is exited within a range of time values gt lt outside a range of time values lt gt The time values for the selected qualifier are set using the qualifier time set softkeys lt and gt and the Entr
223. ies Oscilloscopes User s Guide 29 1 Getting Started To power on the oscilloscope 1 Connect the power cord to the rear of the oscilloscope then to a suitable AC voltage source Route the power cord so the oscilloscope s feet and legs do not pinch the cord The oscilloscope automatically adjusts for input line voltages in the range 100 to 240 VAC The line cord provided is matched to the country of origin WARNING Always use a grounded power cord Do not defeat the power cord ground 2 Press the power switch The power switch is located on the lower left corner of the front panel The oscilloscope will perform a self test and will be operational in a few seconds 30 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 Recall the Default Oscilloscope Setup To recall the default oscilloscope setup e Press Default Setup The default setup restores the oscilloscope s default settings This places the oscilloscope in a known operating condition The major default settings are Table1 Default Configuration Settings Horizontal Vertical Analog Trigger Display Other Labels Normal mode 100 us div scale 0 s delay center time reference Channel 1 on 5 V div scale DC coupling 0 V position 1 MQ impedance probe factor to 1 0 if an AutoProbe probe is not connected to the channel Edge trigger Auto sweep mode 0 V level channel 1 source DC coupling rising edge slope
224. illoscopes User s Guide 53 2 Probing the Device Under Test Table3 Active Probes Active Probes Quantity Supported 1130A 1 5 GHz InfiniiMax amplifier requires one or more 2 InfiniiMax probe heads E2675A E2668A E2669A 1131A InfiniiMax 3 5 GHz Probe 2 1132A InfiniiMax 5 GHz Probe 2 1134A InfiniiMax 7 GHz Probe 2 1141A Differential Probe 200 MHz with 1142A power 4 supply 1144A Active Probe 800 MHz with 1142A power supply 4 1145A 2 Channel 750 MHz Active Probe with 1142A 2 power supply 1147A 50 MHz 15A AC DC Current Probe 2 1156A 1 5 GHz Active Probe 4 1157A 2 5 GHz Active Probe 4 1158A 4 GHz Active Probe 4 N2772A Differential Probe 20 MHz with N2773A power 4 supply N2774A obsolete replaced by N2782A with N2775A 4 power supply N2782A 50 MHz 30Arms AC DC Current Probe with 4 N2779A power supply 54 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Probing the Device Under Test 2 Connect the Probes to the Oscilloscope A 1 Connect the oscilloscope probe to an oscilloscope channel BNC connector 2 Connect the probe s retractable hook tip to the point of interest on the circuit or device under test Be sure to connect the probe ground lead to a ground point on the circuit Maximum input voltage at analog inputs CAT 300 Vrms 400 Vpk transient overvoltage 1 6 kVpk CAT II 100 Vrms 400 Vpk 50Q input 5 Vrms Input protection is enabled in 50 Q mode and the 50 Q load will disconnect if gre
225. io measurement 171 realtime acquisition option 232 Realtime sampling and bandwidth 233 rear panel 10 MHz reference 388 7000 Series 42 43 re arm time 236 recall 382 Quick Recall 382 recall waveform 216 recall waveform and setup 216 record length 225 Rectangular window 200 reference clock 10 MHz 388 reference point waveform 383 Remote Front Panel 245 247 replacement parts 379 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Index restart condition 12C trigger 284 return instrument for service 402 Rise time measurement 165 RMS measurement 171 roll mode 65 RS232 trigger 335 run controls 39 Run Stop key 224 runt pulses 164 S safety warning 56 sample clock 10 MHz 388 sample rate 4 228 232 current rate displayed 62 save 382 browse to destination 206 execution time 213 Quick Save 382 settings 211 save file 217 save segment 212 Save to 207 save trace to scope memory 216 to USB 215 save waveform to scope memory 216 to USB 215 saver screen 384 saving serial decode data 210 saving data 206 SCL 12C trigger 282 SCLK 12S trigger 302 screen saver 384 SDA 282 SDA 12C trigger 282 Search key 40 SEC Option 393 395 SEC option 396 secure environment mode 396 429 Index segmented memory 234 re arm time 236 save time 213 saving segments 212 statistical data 236 select digital channels 369 select knob 369 selecting values 34 Se
226. is will delete all user defined labels from the library and set the labels in the library back to the factory default However this does not default the labels currently assigned to the channels those labels that appear in the waveform area Defaulting labels without erasing the default library Pressing Default Setup sets all channel labels back to the default labels but does not erase the list of user defined labels in the library InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 93 3 Displaying Waveforms 94 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 4 Triggering Triggering General Information 97 Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu 98 Auto and Normal Trigger modes 99 Trigger Level Adjustment 102 Trigger Coupling 103 Trigger Noise Rejection 104 Trigger Holdoff 107 External Trigger Input 109 Trigger Types 112 Trigger Types 112 Duration Trigger 114 Edge Trigger 117 Glitch or Narrow Pulse Capture 119 Nth Edge Burst Trigger 123 Pattern Trigger 125 Pulse Width Trigger 128 Sequence Trigger 131 TV Trigger 138 USB Trigger 150 This chapter provides instructions for setting up triggers for various signal types Setups can be saved if desired see Saving and Recalling Data on page 206 The easiest way to trigger on a waveform is to use AutoScale Simply press the AutoScale key and the oscilloscope will attempt to trigger on the
227. isplay Re arm time After each segment fills the oscilloscope re arms and is ready to trigger in about 8 us Remember though for example if the horizontal time per division control is set to 5 us div and the Time Reference is set to Center it will take at least 50 us to fill all ten divisions and re arm That s 25 us to capture pre trigger data and 25 us to capture post trigger data InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Modes 7 Time in seconds since the first trigge Displayed segment number and number of segments acquired Segment 26 of 46 5 00030s 4 00GSa s Lt 26 46 Switch Select Select Sample rate segmented segmentto number of on off display segments Saving data from segmented memory You can save either the currently displayed segment Save Segment Current or all segments Save Segment All in the following data formats CSV ASCII XY and BIN Be sure to set the Length control to capture enough points to accurately represent the captured data When the oscilloscope is busy saving multiple segments progress is displayed in the upper right area of the display To select the current segment or all segments press Save Recall gt Save gt Settings gt Save Seg A USB storage device must be connected to the oscilloscope to enable this Save option You can also save the screen image in BMP or PNG formats For more information see Save Segment on page 212 InfiniiVi
228. k up in the menu hierarchy f Press the Apply softkey Stand alone Point to Point Connection to a PC The following procedure describes how to establish a point to point stand alone connection to the oscilloscope This is useful if you want to control the oscilloscope using a laptop computer or a stand alone computer 1 Connect your PC to the oscilloscope using a cross over LAN cable such as Agilent part number 5061 0701 available on the web at www parts agilent com Turn on the oscilloscope power Wait until the LAN connection is configured InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 8 Press Utility gt 1 0 and wait until the LAN status shows configured This may take a few minutes Now the instrument is connected and the instrument s Web interface may be used InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 243 8 Web Interface Accessing the Web Interface To access the oscilloscope s web interface 1 Connect the oscilloscope to your LAN see page 241 or establish a point to point connection see page 242 It is possible to use a point to point connection but using a normal LAN connection is the preferred method 2 Type the oscilloscope s hostname or IP address in the web browser The oscilloscope s web interface Welcome Page is displayed Support Products Agilent Site Another web enabled instrument from Agilent Technologies Welcome to your
229. l trigger mode a trigger must be detected before an acquisition can complete No waveform will be displayed unless the trigger condition is met In Auto trigger mode the oscilloscope automatically triggers and captures waveforms when you press Run In many cases a triggered display is not needed to check signal levels or activity For these applications use Auto trigger mode which is the default setting If you only want to acquire specific events as specified by the trigger settings use Normal trigger mode In some cases such as when triggering on a slow serial signal for example IC SPI CAN LIN etc it may be necessary to select the Normal trigger mode to stabilize the display by preventing the oscilloscope from Auto triggering You can select the trigger mode by pressing the Mode Coupling key then the Mode softkey 1 Press the Mode Coupling key 2 Press the Mode softkey then select Normal or Auto Normal displays a waveform when the trigger conditions are met otherwise the oscilloscope does not trigger and the display is not updated Auto is the same as Normal mode except it forces the oscilloscope to trigger if the trigger conditions are not met InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 99 4 Triggering Auto Mode Use the auto trigger modes for signals other than low repetitive rate signals and for unknown signal levels To display a DC signal you must use auto trigger mode sin
230. le channel on or off 1 With the Digital Channel Menu displayed rotate the Entry knob to select the desired channel from the popup menu 2 Press the softkey that is directly below the popup menu to switch the selected channel on or off To switch all digital channels on or off 1 Press the Digital key to switch the display of the digital channels on or off The Digital Channel Menu will be displayed above the softkeys The digital channels are displayed when this key is illuminated If you want to switch the digital channels off and the Digital Channel Menu is not already displayed you will have to push the Digital key twice to switch the digital channels off The first push displays the Digital Channel Menu and the second push switches the channels off InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 367 17 Digital Channels To switch groups of channels on or off 1 Press the Digital key on the front panel if the Digital Channel Menu is not already displayed 2 Press the Turn off or Turn on softkey for the D15 D8 group or the D7 DO group Each time you press the softkey the softkey s mode toggles between Turn on and Turn off To change the logic threshold for digital channels 1 Press the Digital key so that the Digital Channel Menu is displayed 2 Press the Thresholds softkey 3 Press the D15 D8 or D7 DO softkey then select a logic family preset or select User to define your own threshold L
231. leTime gt 1 _ Tigger JUUL IU Ua InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 123 4 Triggering Nth Edge Burst trigger set up consists of selecting the source the slope of the edge the idle time and the number of the edge 1 Press the Trigger key in the Trigger section of the front panel rotate the Entry knob until Nth Edge Burst is displayed in the Trigger softkey Currently selected Clock Trigger level Framing or Data channel or threshold Nth Edge Burst trigger D 207g g _ gt Trigger D Source amp Slope dD Idle gt Edge Nth Edge 1 T 50 0us 3 Assign Slope of Idle time Nth edge channels edge select select 2 Press the Slope softkey to specify the slope of the edge 3 Press the Idle softkey then turn the Entry knob to specify the idle time 4 Press the Edge softkey then turn the Entry knob to which edge to trigger on 124 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Pattern Trigger The Pattern trigger identifies a trigger condition by looking for a specified pattern This pattern is a logical AND combination of the channels Each channel can have a value of 0 low 1 high or don t care X A rising or falling edge can be specified for one channel included in the pattern You can also trigger on a hex bus value as described on page 126 1 Press the Pattern key in the Trigger section of the front panel to display the PatternTrigger Menu Pat
232. lf Test service 401 sequence trigger 131 serial clock 12C trigger 282 serial clock 12S trigger 302 serial data 282 serial data 12C trigger 282 serial decode 212 saving data 210 serial decode controls 39 serial number 239 393 397 service functions 397 Set all Digits softkey 127 setup automatic 364 setup default 31 SGM 234 SGM Option 393 395 shipping damage 26 shipping precautions 402 Sigma minimum 346 single acquisition 39 225 Single key 225 size 367 skew analog channel 83 slope trigger 117 SND Option 393 softkeys 6 41 46 48 software updates 410 software version 397 source frequency 391 Span FFT 200 specifications 406 spectral leakage FFT 198 SPI trigger 295 square root 195 430 stage sequence 132 stand alone connection 242 start acquisition 39 224 start condition 12C 284 statistics increment 159 mask test 348 measurement 157 using segmented memory 236 status line 48 status User Cal 400 Std Deviation measurement 172 stop acquisition 39 224 stop condition 12C 284 subnet mask 242 Subtract math function 189 sweep speed fine adjustment 73 symbols in softkey menus 46 sync polarity TV trigger 140 synchronize scopes with reference clock 388 T template front panel 45 test mask 344 threshold analog channel measurements 160 digital channels 368 thumb drive 37 tilt for viewing 28 time re arm 236 time measurements 154 162 time
233. lid for digital channels on mixed signal oscilloscopes Counter The InfiniiVision 7000B Series oscilloscopes have an integrated hardware frequency counter which counts the number of cycles that occur within a period of time known as the gate time to measure the frequency of a signal InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 The gate time for the Counter measurement is automatically adjusted to be 100 ms or twice the current time window whichever is longer up to 1 second The Counter can measure frequencies up to the bandwidth of the oscilloscope The minimum frequency supported is 1 2 X gate time The measured frequency is normally displayed in 5 digits but can be displayed in 8 digits when an external 10 MHz frequency reference is provided at the 10 MHz REF rear panel BNC and the gate time is 1 second 50 ms div sweep speed or greater See To set the reference signal mode on page 388 The hardware counter uses the trigger comparator output Therefore the counted channel s trigger level or threshold for digital channels must be set correctly The Y cursor shows the threshold level used in the measurement Any channel except Math can be selected as the source Only one Counter measurement can be displayed at a time Duty Cycle The duty cycle of a repetitive pulse train is the ratio of the positive pulse width to the period expressed as a percentage The X curs
234. ll be displayed You can display the results of multiple acquisitions using infinite persistence See To set or clear infinite persistence on page 85 224 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Modes 7 Memory Depth Record Length Run Stop versus Single When the oscilloscope is running the trigger processing and update rate are optimized over the memory depth Single Single acquisitions always use the maximum memory available at least twice as much memory as acquisitions captured in Run mode and the oscilloscope stores at least twice as many samples At slow sweep speeds the oscilloscope operates at a higher sample rate when Single is used to capture an acquisition due to the increased memory available To acquire data with the longest possible record length press the Single key Running When running versus taking a single acquisition the memory is divided in half This allows the acquisition system to acquire one record while processing the previous acquisition dramatically improving the number of waveforms per second processed by the oscilloscope While running maximizing the rate at which waveforms are drawn on the display provides the best representation of your input signal To make a single acquisition When you press the Single key it illuminates in yellow and the oscilloscope starts the acquisition system searching for the trigger condition When the trigger conditio
235. ll cause the associated data word to be shown in red which includes the 5 8 data bits and the optional 9th bit UART RS232 Totalizer The UART RS232 totalizer consists of counters that provide a direct measure of bus quality and efficiency The totalizer appears on screen whenever UART RS232 Decode is ON in the Serial Decode Menu P RX FRAMES 0000012322 TX FRAMES 0000007392 ERR 000000168 0 9 is Bus a SUUE Reset UART a AnS Counters The totalizer is running counting frames and calculating the percentage of error frames even when the oscilloscope is stopped not acquiring data The ERR error counter is a count of Rx and Tx frames with parity errors The TX FRAMES and RX FRAMES counts include both normal frames and frames with parity errors When an overflow condition occurs the counter displays OVERFLOW The counters can be reset to zero by pressing the Reset UART Counters softkey InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 15 Interpreting UART RS232 Lister Data Errors Lister Display Scroll Zoom to Undo Options Lister Selection Zoom In addition to the standard Time column the UART RS232 Lister contains these columns e Rx receive data e Tx transmit data e Errors highlighted in red Parity Error or Unknown Error InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 341 15 UART
236. lloscope 396 upload new firmware 239 USB CD device 217 device port 220 eject device 37 flash drive 37 ports 37 printer 220 storage device numbering 218 trigger type 150 USBO 218 USB5 218 user cal 397 user calibration 397 User defined threshold 368 utilities 381 utility key 38 V values choosing 34 vectors 87 ventilation requirements 29 vernier channel 81 vertical expansion 78 vertical position 78 vertical position control 38 vertical sensitivity 38 78 viewing signals 84 viewing tilt the instrument 28 VISA connect string 239 voltage measurements 154 169 Ww warranted specifications 406 warranty 402 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Index waveform cursor tracking 178 intensity 84 keys 41 printing 220 recall 216 reference point 383 save options 211 save to scope memory 216 save to USB 215 saving and exporting 206 Width measurement 165 Width measurement 165 Window FFT 199 www 218 X X at Max Y measurement 165 X at Max Y on FFT 162 X at Min Y measurement 166 X at Min Y on FFT 162 XY mode 65 66 Z Z axis blanking 70 zoom and pan 63 Zoom key 40 zoomed time base measurement window 386 431 Index 432 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide
237. llowed by an active error flag Partial frames are not counted Counters e The FRAMES counter gives the total number of completed remote data overload and active error frames InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 10 e The OVLD counter gives the total number of completed overload frames and their percentage of the total number of frames e The ERR counter gives the total number of completed active error frames and their percentage of the total number of frames e The UTIL bus load indicator measures the percentage of time the bus is active The calculation is done on 330 ms periods approximately every 400 ms Example If a data frame contains an active error flag both the FRAMES counter and the ERR counter will be incremented If a data frame contains an error that is not an active error it is considered a partial frame and no counters are incremented Interpreting CAN Lister Data LT Time ID Type DLC Data CRC _ Errors 8 134ms 000 RMT 4 2BO0A 6 042ms 000 Data 4 A9 A7 90 A6 746A 4 079ms O296A95D RMT 5 4894 1 967ms O296A95D Data 5 82 00 00 81 01 1402 132 7us O7F RMT 1 60D9 gt BRED 07F Data 4_ 01 3 869ms OBD RMT 8 65AA 6 054ms OBD Data 8 88 A9 CA 84 28 28 E9 5105 7 868ms 000 RI 4 Data 01 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s
238. locked 10 MHz input mode selected Reference signal mode Off 210 MHz output 10 MHz input D Trig Out Triggers InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 389 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings 390 If the externally supplied sample clock varies greater than 0 5 from 10 MHz a soft unlock will occur The oscilloscope will continue to acquire data but the lock symbol in the upper right part of the display will become a red unlocked padlock icon 10 MHz unlock icon If the externally supplied sample clock signal is lost a hard unlock will occur The lock symbol in the upper right part of the display will become a red unlocked padlock icon and the oscilloscope will stop acquiring data The oscilloscope will resume sampling when the externally supplied sample clock becomes stable again 10 MHZ unlock icon and system stopped To synchronize the timebase of two or more instruments The oscilloscope can output it s 10 MHz system clock for the purpose of synchronization with other instruments 1 Connect a BNC cable to the BNC connector labeled 10 MHz REF on the rear panel of the oscilloscope 2 Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the instrument s that will accept the 10 MHz reference signal Put a 50 Q termination at the input to the other instrument to terminate the signal 3 Press Utility gt Options gt Rear Panel gt Ref Signal 4 Use the Entry Knob and the Ref Signal softkey to select 1
239. loscope triggers when a start bit occurs on Rx Rx Stop Bit Triggers when a stop bit occurs on Rx The trigger will occur on the first stop bit This is done automatically whether the device under test uses 1 1 5 or 2 stop bits You do not need to specify the number of stop bits used by the device Under test Rx Data Triggers on a data byte that you specify For use when the device under test data words are from 5 to 8 bits in length no 9th alert bit Rx 1 Data For use when the device under test data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Triggers only when the 9th alert bit is 1 The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Rx 0 Data For use when the device under test data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Triggers only when the 9th alert bit is 0 The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Rx X Data For use when the device under test data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Triggers on a data byte that you specify regardless of the value of the 9th alert bit The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Similar choices are available for Tx Rx or Tx Parity Error Triggers on a parity error based on the parity you have set in the Bus Configuration Menu 4 If you
240. lp Quick Help Message IC Inter IC bus trigger setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to the serial data SDA line and the serial clock SCL line You can then trigger on a stop start condition a restart a missing acknowledge an EEPROM data read or on a read write frame with a specific device address and data value The N5423A Option LSS I C SPI serial decode option adds the ability to decode serial data to 4 channel or 4 16 channel oscilloscopes To control serial decode press the Acquire key The picture below shows a typical C signal pair I SC ga NEA Ne S es Start Address RAW Ack Data Condition Condition If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the 1 C signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal amp Trigger Signals gt Trigger PC Start Press and Hold Front Panel Key or Softkey or Right Click Softkey when using Web browser control By default Quick Help remains on the screen until another key is pressed or a knob is turned You can set Quick Help to close when you release the key Press the Help key then press the Language softkey then press the Help softkey and select either Close on Release or Remain on Screen Help gt Language gt Help InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 49 1 Getting Started To select the Quick Help lan
241. lue is reached while the pattern is true 116 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Edge Trigger The Edge trigger type identifies a trigger by looking for a specified edge slope and voltage level on a waveform You can define the trigger source and slope in this menu The slope can be set to rising edge or falling edge and can be set to alternating edges or either edge on all sources except Line The trigger type source and level are displayed in the upper right corner of the display 1 Press the Edge key in the Trigger section of the front panel to display the Edge Trigger Menu Edge Trigger Trigger level source or threshold v Rising t Falling Tl Alternating t Either gt Trigger D Source Edge 2 Trigger Slope source 2 Press the Slope softkey and select rising edge falling edge alternating edges or either edge The selected slope is displayed in the upper right corner of the display Alternating edge mode is useful when you want to trigger on both edges of a clock for example DDR signals Either edge mode is useful when you want to trigger on any activity of a selected source All modes operate up to the bandwidth of the oscilloscope except Either edge mode which has a limitation Either edge mode will trigger on Constant Wave signals up to 100 MHz but can trigger on isolated pulses down to 1 2 oscilloscope s bandwidth InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscillosc
242. mode This is done to prevent damage to the oscilloscope AC coupling places a 3 5 Hz high pass filter in series with the input waveform that removes any DC offset voltage from the waveform Note that Channel Coupling is independent of Trigger Coupling To change trigger coupling see page 103 To specify channel input impedance The analog channel input impedance can be set to either 1M Ohm or 50 Ohm InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 79 3 Displaying Waveforms When you connect an AutoProbe self sensing probe or a compatible InfiniiMax probe the oscilloscope will automatically configure the oscilloscope to the correct impedance 1 Press the desired channel key 2 In the Channel Menu press Imped impedance then select 50 Ohm matches 50 ohm cables commonly used in making high frequency measurements and 50 ohm active probes This impedance matching gives you the most accurate measurements since reflections are minimized along the signal path When 50 Ohm is selected 50Q is illuminated on the front panel next to the channel position knob The oscilloscope automatically switches to 1MOhm mode to prevent possible damage if AC coupling is selected 1M Ohm is for use with many passive probes and for general purpose measurements The higher impedance minimizes the loading effect of the oscilloscope on the device under test To specify bandwidth limiting 1 Press the desired channel key 2 In t
243. n is met the captured waveform is displayed the Single key is extinguished and the Run Stop key illuminates in red e Use the Single key to view single shot events without subsequent waveform data overwriting the display Use Single when you want the maximum sample rate and the maximum memory depth for pan and zoom See Panning and Zooming Single or Stopped Acquisitions on page 64 1 Set the trigger mode to Normal see Auto and Normal Trigger modes on page 99 for instructions This keeps the oscilloscope from automatically triggering immediately 2 If you are triggering on analog channel events turn the Trigger Level knob to the trigger threshold to a level that your waveform will cross 3 To begin a single acquisition press the Single key When you press Single the display is cleared the trigger circuitry is armed the Single key is illuminated yellow and the oscilloscope will wait until a trigger condition occurs before it displays a waveform InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 225 7 Acquisition Modes When the oscilloscope triggers the single acquisition is displayed and the oscilloscope is stopped the Run Stop key is illuminated in red 4 To acquire another waveform press Single again Auto Single Auto trigger will generate a trigger for you if one is not found in the predetermined time about 40 ms after you press Single If you want to make a single acqui
244. n to show the portion of the waveform being measured for the most recently selected measurement right most on the measurement line 1 Press the Meas key to display the Measurement Menu cS Source gt Select TEE Settings Clear Meas Statistics Freq Freq Source Select a Presstomake Additional Clear one or Measurement select measurement measurement settings more statistics measurements 2 Press the Source softkey to select the channel or running math function to be measured Only channels or math functions that are displayed are available for measurements If you choose an invalid source channel for a measurement the measurement will default to the nearest in the list that makes the source valid If a portion of the waveform required for a measurement is not displayed or does not display enough resolution to make the measurement the result will display No Edges Clipped Low Signal lt value or gt value or a similar message to indicate that the measurement may not be reliable 156 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 3 Press the Select softkey then rotate the Entry knob to select a measurement to be made gt aa amp Select Mesure se es Meas Statistics DRIVE Min Min 4 The Settings softkey will be available to make additional measurement settings on some measurements 5 Press the Measure softkey to make the measu
245. nfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Line Field1 and Line Field2 Trigger on the selected line in field 1 or field 2 interlaced standards only except 1080i Line Alternate Alternately trigger on the selected line in field 1 and field 2 NTSC PAL PAL M and SECAM only Vertical Trigger on the rising edge of the first serration pulse or approximately 70 us after the start of vertical sync whichever occurs first only available in Generic mode Count Vertical Counts falling edges of sync pulses triggers on the selected count number only available in Generic mode 6 If you select a line mode press the Line softkey then rotate the Entry knob to select the line number on which you want to trigger 7 When using the Generic standard and you select a line mode or Count Vertical press the Count softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select the desired count number Listed below are the line or count numbers per field for each non HDTV EDTV video standard Video standard Field 1 Field 2 Alt Field NTSC 1 to 263 1 to 262 1 to 262 PAL 1 to 313 314 to 625 1 to 312 PAL M 1 to 263 264 to 525 1 to 262 SECAM 1 to 313 314 to 625 1 to 312 Generic 1 to 1024 1 to 1024 1 to 1024 vertical Line numbers for each EDTV HDTV video standard EDTV 480p 60 1 to 525 HDTV 720p 60 1 to 750 HDTV 1080p 24 1 to 1125 HDTV 1080p 25 1 to 1125 HDTV 1080i 50 1 to 1125 HDTV 1080i 60 1 to 1125 Infi
246. nfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 19 Contents Acknowledgements 423 Index 425 20 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Figures Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscill Interpreting the oscilloscope display 48 Example of centering a signal on the display 67 Signal centered on the display 67 Cursors set on displayed signal 68 Cursors set to center of signal 69 Signals are 90 out of phase 70 Signals are in phase 71 Amplitude Modulation Shown at 100 Intensity 84 Amplitude Modulation Shown at 40 Intensity 85 15 ns Narrow Pulse 20 ms div Normal Mode 120 15 ns Narrow Pulse 20 ms div Peak Detect Mode 121 Sequence Trigger Flowchart 131 Example Triggering on Line 136 143 Triggering on All Lines 144 Triggering on Field 1 145 Triggering on All Fields 146 Triggering on Color Field 1 Alternating with Color Field 3 148 Using TV Holdoff to Synchronize to Color Field 1 or 3 Field 1 mode 149 Isolating an event for Frequency measurement 164 Isolating area for Top measurement 174 Automatic Overshoot measurement 176 Cursors used to measure pulse widths other than middle threshold points 180 Cursors measure
247. ng off infinite persistence does not clear the display This allows you to accumulate multiple acquisitions stop acquisitions and then compare future acquisitions to the stored waveforms The display is cleared if you press the Clear Display softkey or if you press the AutoScale key See also Glitch or Narrow Pulse Capture on page 119 To clear the display 1 Press Clear Display or press Display gt Clear Display To adjust the grid brightness To adjust the display grid graticule brightness 1 Press Display 2 Press Grid then turn the Entry knob 4 to change the intensity of the displayed grid The intensity level is shown in the Grid softkey and is adjustable from 0 to 100 Each major vertical division in the grid corresponds to the vertical sensitivity shown in the status line at the top of the display Each major horizontal division in the grid corresponds to the sweep speed time shown in the status line at the top of the display InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 To display waveforms as vectors or dots Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscopes are designed to operate optimally with vectors connect the dots on This mode produces the most insightful waveforms for most situations To disable or enable vectors 1 Press Display 2 Press Vectors When enabled Vectors draws a line between consecutive waveform data points e Vectors give an analog look to
248. nge the following options A USB mass storage device such as a thumb drive must be connected to the oscilloscope These settings are not applicable when the format Trace amp Setup is selected Setup Info Select Setup Info if you want the oscilloscope setup information to be included Oscilloscope setup information includes vertical horizontal trigger acquisition math and display settings The setup information will be sent to a separate file with a TXT extension Invert Graticule Colors This setting is applicable when you have chosen BMP or PNG using the Format softkey The Invert Graticule Colors option can be used to reduce the amount of black ink it takes to print oscilloscope images by changing the black background to white Invert Graticule Colors is the default mode Invert Graticule Colors is available when the BMP and PNG formats are selected Keware Wenu 19 Acq Mode Segmented Graticule Not Inverted Graticule Inverted Palette Press the Palette softkey to change the following options The Palette options are available when the BMP and PNG formats are selected e Color When Color printing is selected the traces are printed in color Color printing is not applicable to CSV format InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 211 6 212 Saving Recalling and Printing e Grayscale When Grayscale printing is selected the traces are printed in shades of gray r
249. niiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 141 4 142 Triggering Line Number Represents Count In Generic mode the line number represents the number of a count instead of a real line number This is reflected in the label in the softkey changing from Line to Count In the Mode softkey selections Line Field 1 Line Field 2 and Count Vertical are used to indicate where the counting starts For an interlaced video signal the counting starts from the rising edge of the first vertical serration pulse of Field 1 and or Field 2 For a non interlaced video signal the counting starts after the rising edge of the vertical sync pulse TV Triggering Examples The following are exercises to familiarize you with TV triggering These exercises use the NTSC video standard To trigger on a specific line of video TV triggering requires greater than 1 2 division of sync amplitude with any analog channel as the trigger source Turning the trigger Level knob in TV trigger does not change the trigger level because the trigger level is automatically set to the sync pulse tips One example of triggering on a specific line of video is looking at the vertical interval test signals VITS which are typically in line 18 Another example is closed captioning which is typically in line 21 1 Press the Trigger key then select TV 2 Press the Settings softkey then press the Standard softkey to select the appropriate TV standard NTSC 3 Pres
250. nnector Attach the oscilloscope probe or BNC cable to the BNC connector This is the channel s input connector InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 37 1 38 Getting Started 5 AutoProbe Interface When you connect a probe to the oscilloscope the AutoProbe Interface attempts to determine the type of probe and set its parameters in the Probe Menu accordingly See AutoProbe Interface on page 52 6 Label Key Press this key to access the Label Menu which lets you enter labels to identify each trace on the oscilloscope display See Using Labels on page 89 7 Vertical Position Control Use this knob to change the channel s vertical position on the display There is one Vertical Position control for each channel See Using the Vertical Controls on page 77 8 Vertical Sensitivity There is one knob marked N for each channel Use these knobs to change the vertical sensitivity gain of each channel See Using the Vertical Controls on page 77 9 Channel On Off Key Use this key to switch the channel on or off or to access the channel s menu in the softkeys There is one Channel On Off key for each channel See Using the Vertical Controls on page 77 10 Tools Controls Press this key to access the Utility Menu which lets you configure the oscilloscope s I O settings use the file explorer set preferences access the service menu and choose other options 11 File Keys Press the
251. nnel probe s ground should be used in addition to the channel group s ground e High speed timing measurements rise time lt 3 ns should make use of each digital channel probe s own ground When designing a high speed digital system you should consider designing dedicated test ports that interface directly to the instrument s probe system This will ease measurement setup and ensure a repeatable method for obtaining test data The 01650 61607 16 channel logic probe and termination adapter is designed to make it easy to connect to industry standard 20 pin board connectors This probe consists of a 2 m logic analyzer probe cable and a 01650 63203 termination adapter that provides the proper RC networks in a very convenient package Three 20 pin low profile straight board connectors are included Additional board connectors can be ordered from Agilent Technologies 378 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 17 To replace digital probe leads If you need to remove a probe lead from the cable insert a paper clip or other small pointed object into the side of the cable assembly and push to release the latch while pulling out the probe lead Table 8 Digital Probe Replacement Parts Part Number Description 54620 68701 5959 9333 5959 9335 01650 94309 54620 61801 5090 4833 Digital probe kit Replacement probe leads qty 5 Replacement 2 inch probe ground lead qty 5 Package
252. o probes for 2 channel models Four probes for 4 channel models CD ROM containing User s Guide Service Guide Programmer s Guide Automation Ready Software CD ROM Accessory pouch Digital probe kit P N 54620 68701 MSO Models only 26 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 CES AglentTechnologies InfiniiVision MSO71048 Front panel cover and accessory pouch not shown 10073C or 1165A probes Qty 2 or 4 Documentation CD O Automation Ready CD Digital Probe Kit 4 MSO models only Power cord Based on country of origin f Digital Probe Kit contains 54620 61801 16 channel cable qyt 1 7 5959 9334 2 inch probe ground leads qyt 5 5090 4833 Grabber qyt 20 A a A Ti if He TAL Li g y SEG if iy Digital probe replacement parts are listed in the Digital Channels chapter jii l See Also Accessories Available on page 407 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 27 1 Getting Started Tilt the Oscilloscope for Easy Viewing The oscilloscope can be tilted up for easier viewing 1 Tilt the oscilloscope forward Rotate the foot down and toward the rear of the
253. of measure for X values in the acquired data 0 Unknown e 1 Volts e 2 Seconds e 3 Constant e 4 Amps e 5 GB e 6 Hz YUnits A 32 bit integer that identifies the unit of measure for Y values in the acquired data The possible values are listed above under X Units Date A 16 byte character array left blank in InfiniiVision oscilloscopes Time A 16 byte character array left blank in the InfiniiVision oscilloscopes Frame A 24 byte character array that is the model number and serial number of the oscilloscope in the format of MODEL SERIAL Waveform Label A 16 byte character array that contains the label assigned to the waveform Time Tags A 64 bit double only used when saving multiple segments requires segmented memory option This is the time in seconds since the first trigger Segment Index A 32 bit unsigned integer This is the segment number Only used when saving multiple segments Waveform Data Header A waveform may have more than one data set Each waveform data set will have a waveform data header The waveform data header consists of information about the waveform data set This header is stored immediately before the data set InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 417 19 Reference Waveform Data Header Size A 32 bit integer that is the size of the waveform data header Buffer Type A 16 bit short that is the type of waveform data stored in the file e 0
254. of probe labels 16 channel cable qty 1 Grabbers qty 20 For other replacement parts consult the InfiniiVision Oscilloscope Service Guides InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 379 17 Digital Channels 380 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide E ee 18 e Oscilloscope Utility Settings Configuring the Quick Action Key 382 Setting Oscilloscope Preferences 383 Setting Rear Panel Options 388 Setting the Oscilloscope s Clock 392 Entering Licenses and Displaying License Information 393 Performing Service Tasks 397 This chapter explains oscilloscope utilities i Agilent Technologies 381 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings Configuring the Quick Action Key The Quick Action key lets you perform common repetitive actions by pressing a single key To configure the Quick Action key 1 Press Utility gt Quick Action gt Action then select the action that should be performed Off disables the Quick Action key Quick Print prints the current screen image Press Settings to set up the printing options See Printing Screens on page 220 Quick Save saves setups screen images or data Press Settings to set up the save options See Saving and Recalling Data on page 206 Quick Recall recalls setups traces or masks Press Settings to set up the recall options See
255. ogic family Threshold Voltage TTL 1 4V CMOS 2 5V ECL 1 3V User Variable from 8 V to 8 V The threshold you set applies to all channels within the selected D15 Thru D8 or D7 Thru DO group Each of the two channel groups can be set to a different threshold if desired Values greater than the set threshold are high 1 and values less than the set threshold are low 0 If the Thresholds softkey is set to User press the User softkey for the channel group then turn the Entry knob to set the logic threshold There is one User softkey for each group of channels 368 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 17 To reposition a digital channel Press the Digital key to turn on the digital channels the Digital key will illuminate To select a waveform push the knob in the Digital controls until the Select indicator is lit then turn the knob The selected waveform is highlighted in red To position the selected waveform push the knob until the Pos indicator is lit then turn the knob If a trace is repositioned over an existing trace the indicator at the left edge of the trace will change from D designation where nn is a one or two digit channel number from 0 to 15 to D The indicates that two channels are overlaid To display digital channels as a bus Digital channels may be grouped and displayed as a bus with each bus value displayed at the bottom of the display in hex
256. oint 4 12 bytes Voltage Data N buffer size Single Acquisition All Pods Logic Channels The following picture shows a binary file of a single acquisition with all pods for the logic channels saved InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 419 19 Reference File Header Number of Waveforms 2 12 bytes Waveform Header 1 Number of Waveform Buffers 1 140 bytes Waveform Data panier Buffer Type 6 unsigned char Bytes per Point 1 12 bytes Pod 1 Timing Data buffer size Waveform Header 2 Number of Waveform Buffers 1 140 bytes Waveform Data Buffer Type 6 unsigned char Bytes per Point 1 Header 2 12 bytes Pod 2 Timing Data buffer size 420 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 19 File Header Sete 12 bytes Number of Waveforms N Number of Segments Waveform Header 1 Number of Waveform Buffers 1 140 bytes ie vt Time Tag 0 0 Waveform Data Header 1 Buffer Type 1 floating point Bytes per Point 4 12 bytes Voltage Data 1 buffer size Number of Waveform Buffers 1 Index 2 Time Tag time between segment 1 and 2 Waveform Header 2 140 bytes Wavetormi Data Buffer Type 1 floating point Bytes per Point 4 Header 2 12 bytes Voltage Data 2 buffer size Number of Waveform Buffers 1 Index N Time Tag time between segment 1 and N Waveform Header N 140 bytes Waveform Data Header N Buffer Typ
257. on over these interfaces Refer to the instructions provided on the CD ROM to install this software on your PC If you do not have the Automation Ready CD you can download the Agilent IO Libraries Suite from www agilent com find iolib Information about controlling the oscilloscope through remote commands is contained in the Programmer s Guide which is included on the documentation CD supplied with this oscilloscope You can also access this document on the Agilent web site For more information about connecting to the oscilloscope refer to the Agilent Technologies USB LAN GPIB Interfaces Connectivity Guide For a printable electronic copy of the Connectivity Guide direct your Web browser to www agilent com and search for Connectivity Guide InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 249 8 Web Interface Get Image To save or print the oscilloscope s display from the web interface 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 244 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select the Get Image tab from the left side of the Welcome screen After a delay of several seconds the oscilloscope s screen image will be displayed 3 Right click on the image and select Save Picture As or Print Picture 4 Select a storage location for the image file and click Save 250 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 8
258. on 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 267 10 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 268 e Red dots in the decode line indicate that there is data that is not being displayed Scroll or expand the horizontal scale to view the information e Aliased bus values undersampled or indeterminate are drawn in red e Unknown bus values undefined or error conditions are drawn in red with a label e Flagged error frames are drawn in red with an ERR label CAN Totalizer The CAN totalizer provides a direct measure of bus quality and efficiency The CAN totalizer measures total CAN frames flagged error frames overload frames and bus utilization i AG A9 A7 90 FRAMES 0000069549 OVLD 000000000 0 0 ERR 000001305 1 9 eset CAN Counters The totalizer is always running counting frames and calculating percentages and is displayed whenever CAN decode is displayed The totalizer counts even when the oscilloscope is stopped not acquiring data Pressing the Run Stop key does not affect the totalizer When an overflow condition occurs the counter displays OVERFLOW The counters can be reset to zero by pressing the Reset CAN Counters softkey Types of Frames e Active error frames are CAN frames in which a CAN node recognizes an error condition during a data or remote frame and issues an active error flag A partial frame occurs when the oscilloscope detects any error condition during a frame that is not fo
259. on AMS N5424A e MIL STD 1553 Triggering on page 326 if you have Option 553 N5469A e SPI Triggering on page 295 if you have Option LSS N5423A e UART RS232 Triggering on page 335 if you have Option 232 N5457A InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 113 4 Triggering Duration Trigger Duration trigger lets you define a pattern then trigger on a specified time duration of this logical AND combination of the channels 1 Press the Trigger key in the Trigger section of the front panel rotate the Entry knob until Duration is displayed in the Trigger softkey Duration Selected Trigger level trigger channel or threshold g g Aa 1 OWXX 4 Ds XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX D Channel Logic level Qualifier DY time set select 2 For each analog or digital channel you want to include in the desired pattern press the Channel softkey to select the channel This is the channel source for the H L or X condition As you press the Channel softkey or rotate the Entry knob the channel you select is highlighted in the Pattern line directly above the softkeys and in the upper right corner of the display next to Dur External trigger may also be specified as a channel in the pattern when using the 2 channel and 4 channel oscilloscopes Adjust the trigger level for the selected analog channel by turning the Trigger Level knob Press the Digital key and select Thresholds to set the thres
260. ontal time div scale value is displayed in the status line at the top of the display When Fine is turned off the Horizontal sweep speed knob changes the time base sweep speed in a 1 2 5 step sequence InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 73 3 Displaying Waveforms To position the time reference left center right Time reference is the reference point on the display for delay time horizontal position 1 Press Horiz 2 In the Horizontal Menu press Time Ref then select Left the time reference is set to one major division from the left edge of the display Center the time reference is set to the center of the display Right the time reference is set to one major division from the right edge of the display A small hollow triangle V at the top of the display grid marks the position of the time reference When delay time is set to zero the trigger point indicator v overlays the time reference indicator The time reference position sets the initial position of the trigger event within acquisition memory and on the display with delay set to 0 Turning the Horizontal scale sweep speed knob expands or contracts the waveform about the time reference point V See To adjust the horizontal time div scale on page 63 Turning the Horizontal position gt knob in Normal mode not Zoom moves the trigger point indicator to the left or right of the time reference point V
261. ope always triggers on the same crossing The correct holdoff setting is typically slightly less than one period Set the holdoff to this time to generate a unique trigger point This action works even though many waveform periods pass between triggers because the holdoff circuit operates on the input signal continuously Changing the time base settings does not affect the holdoff number In contrast the holdoff in analog oscilloscopes is a function of the time base setting making it necessary to readjust the holdoff each time you change the time base setting With Agilent s MegaZoom technology you can press Stop then pan and zoom through the data to find where it repeats Measure this time using the cursors then set the holdoff To set holdoff 1 Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Holdoff softkey 2 Turn the Entry knob a to increase or decrease the trigger holdoff time shown Holdoff sets the amount of time that the oscilloscope waits before re arming the trigger circuitry Use Holdoff to stabilize the display of complex waveforms InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 107 4 108 Triggering To get a stable trigger on the pulse burst shown below set the holdoff time to be gt 200 ns but lt 600 ns Holdoff Scope triggers here gt x gt gt 200 ns 600 ns By setting the Holdoff you can synchronize triggers The oscilloscope will trig
262. ope will not trigger At least one term in the stage must be set to a value other than X don t care InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 135 4 136 Triggering Define the Optional Reset on Stage 1 Press the Stage softkey and select Reset on Reset on is the last stage in the trigger sequence When you select the Stage Reset on softkey the next softkey to the right will display Reset and give you a list of the terms you can define for the Reset on stage The Reset on stage can be set to one of the following conditions No Reset Resets on the find condition Pattern 1 or 2 Entered A pattern is entered on the last edge that makes the pattern true logical AND Pattern 1 or 2 Exited A pattern is exited on the first edge that makes the pattern false logic NAND Edge 1 or 2 Pattern 1 and Edge 1 Timeout Terms that are grayed out are not valid in the reset stage Press the Reset softkey and select a term to reset on Press the Term softkey and select the pattern edge or timeout term displayed in the Reset softkey 4 If you select No Reset no reset stage will be defined If you select a pattern term each channel in the pattern must be set to a H high L dow or X don t care a Press the Channel softkey or rotate the Entry knob to select the channel b Press the 01X softkey to set a level for the channel c Repeat for all channels in the pattern If you
263. opes User s Guide 117 4 Triggering 3 Select the trigger source You can select analog channel 1 or 2 Ext or Line as the trigger source on any Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscope The trigger source can also be set to channel 3 and 4 on the 4 channel oscilloscopes or digital channels D15 through DO on the mixed signal oscilloscopes You can choose a channel that is turned off not displayed as the source for the edge trigger The selected trigger source is indicated in the upper right corner of the display next to the slope symbol 1 through 4 analog channels DO through D15 digital channels E External trigger L Line trigger 118 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Glitch or Narrow Pulse Capture A glitch is a rapid change in the waveform that is usually narrow as compared to the waveform Peak detect mode can be used to more easily view glitches or narrow pulses In peak detect mode narrow glitches and sharp edges are displayed more brightly than when in Normal acquire mode making them easier to see InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 119 4 Triggering To characterize the glitch use the cursors or the automatic measurement capabilities of the oscilloscope Figure 10 15 ns Narrow Pulse 20 ms div Normal Mode 20 0MSa s ag od gt Avgs Normal 120 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Figure 11 15 ns Narrow Pulse
264. orm You can use HF Reject to remove high frequency noise such as AM or FM broadcast stations or noise from fast system clocks from the trigger path 1 Press Mode Coupling gt HF Reject 0dB 3 dB 54600W02 LF Reject Low frequency reject LF reject adds a high pass filter with the 3 dB point at 50 kHz LF reject removes low frequency signals such as power line noise from the trigger path 1 Press Mode Coupling gt Coupling gt LF Reject 0 dB l 3 dB down point DC 50 kHz 54600W03 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 105 4 _ Triggering Noise Rejection Noise Rej adds additional hysteresis to the trigger circuitry By increasing the trigger hysteresis band you reduce the possibility of triggering on noise However this also decreases the trigger sensitivity so that a slightly larger signal is required to trigger the oscilloscope 1 Press Mode Coupling gt HF Reject 106 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Trigger Holdoff Trigger Holdoff Operating Hints Holdoff keeps a trigger from occurring until after a certain amount of time has passed since the last trigger This feature is valuable when a waveform crosses the trigger level multiple times during one period of the waveform Without holdoff the oscilloscope could trigger on each of the crossings producing a confusing waveform With holdoff set correctly the oscillosc
265. orms DC offsets are larger than the dynamic range of the oscilloscope s input channels you will need to use a differential probe instead Example Subtract channel 2 from channel 1 Scale lets you set your own vertical scale factors for subtract expressed as V div Volts division or A div Amps division Press the Scale softkey then turn the Entry knob to rescale Units are set in the channel Probe Menu Offset lets you set your own offset for the math function The offset value is in Volts or Amps and is represented by the center horizontal grid line of the display Press the Offset softkey then turn the Entry knob to change the offset of the math waveform A scale unit of U undefined will be displayed for scale and offset if the two source channels are set to dissimilar units Units are set using the channel s Probe Units softkey InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 189 5 Measurements and Math Functions Channel 1 Channel 2 Displayed Subtraction First Second Math Math function operator operand operand waveform waveform selected scale offset Figure 28 Example of Subtract 190 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Differentiate Measurements and Math Functions 5 d dt differentiate calculates the discrete time derivative of the selected source You can use differentiate to measure the instantaneous slope of a waveform For example the slew rate of an operation
266. ors show the time period being measured The Y cursor shows the middle threshold point Width Dut le X1 ee Period o Frequency Frequency is defined as 1 Period Period is defined as the time between the middle threshold crossings of two consecutive like polarity edges A middle threshold crossing must also travel through the lower and upper threshold levels which eliminates runt pulses The X cursors show what portion of the waveform is being measured The Y cursor shows the middle threshold point InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 163 5 164 Measurements and Math Functions To isolate an event for frequency measurement The following figure shows how to use Zoom mode to isolate an event for a frequency measurement If the measurement is not possible in the Zoom mode then the normal time base is used If the waveform is clipped it may not be possible to make the measurement Figure 19 Isolating an event for Frequency measurement Measure Current Mean Min Max Std Dev Count Pk Pk 1 497V 4 9722V 491V 5 06V 22 084mV 686 Freq 1 9 62kHz 9 6200kHz 9 62kHz 9 62kHz Q 0Hz 686 Period Period is the time period of the complete waveform cycle The time is measured between the middle threshold points of two consecutive like polarity edges A middle threshold crossing must also travel through the lower and upper threshold levels which eliminates runt pulses The X cursors show what portion of
267. oscilloscope The foot will lock into place 2 Repeat for the other foot 3 Rock the oscilloscope back so that it rests securely on its feet To retract the feet 1 Tilt the oscilloscope forward Press the foot release button and rotate the foot up and toward the front of the oscilloscope 2 Repeat for the other foot 28 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 Power On the Oscilloscope Power Requirements Line voltage frequency and power e Line 100 120 Vac 50 60 400 Hz e 100 240 Vac 50 60 Hz e 120 W max Ventilation Requirements The air intake and exhaust areas must be free from obstructions Unrestricted air flow is required for proper cooling Always ensure that the air intake and exhaust areas are free from obstructions The fan draws air in from the sides of the oscilloscope and pushes it out behind the oscilloscope When using the oscilloscope in a bench top setting provide at least 2 clearance at the sides and 4 100 mm clearance above and behind the oscilloscope for proper cooling To mount the oscilloscope in a rack The InfiniiVision 7000B series oscilloscopes can be mounted in an Electronic Industries Association EIA standard 19 inch 487 mm rack cabinet To mount the oscilloscope in a rack purchase and install the N2732A rack mount kit Instructions are included in the kit For details search for N2732A at www agilent com InfiniiVision 7000B Ser
268. oscopes User s Guide 245 8 Web Interface 246 Main Menu Function Keys Hint appears when you roll over with mouse Softkeys Left click to select Right click for Quick Help VNC Agilent MSO7104B MY4925001 3 Remote Front Panel File Run Control Setup Horizontal Trigger Measure Waveform T Run a Single Default InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 8 Scrolling and Monitor Resolution When using a monitor resolution of 1024 x 768 or less on the remote computer you need to scroll to access the full remote front panel To display the remote front panel without scroll bars use a monitor resolution greater than 1024 x 768 on your computer s display Remote Programming To send remote programming commands to the oscilloscope via the SCPI Commands applet window 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 244 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select Browser Web Control then select Remote Programming 3 On the Remote Programming page click SCPI Commands The SCPI Commands applet window appears InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 247 248 Web Interface Agilent Technologies KOSICE I Remote Programming Ifyou press the SCPI Commands button below you can send remote programming commands directly to your MSO7104B oscilloscope
269. ot Overshoot is distortion that follows a major edge transition expressed as a percentage of Amplitude The X cursors show which edge is being measured edge closest to the trigger reference point Rising edge overshoot local Maxim i D Top X 100 Amplitude Falling edge overshoot Base D local Minimum y 109 Amplitude InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 175 5 Measurements and Math Functions Overshoot local Maximum a local Minimum Overshoot Figure 21 Automatic Overshoot measurement Measure Current Mean Min Std Dev Count Over 1 28 5 27 989 26 1 0 42547 16 65k Post Acquisition Processing In addition to changing display parameters after the acquisition you can perform all of the measurements and math functions after the acquisition Measurements and math functions will be recalculated as you pan and zoom and turn channels on and off As you zoom in and out on a signal using the horizontal sweep speed knob and vertical volts division knob you affect the resolution of the display Because measurements and math functions are performed on displayed data you affect the resolution of functions and measurements 176 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Cursor Measurements Cursors are horizontal and vertical markers that indicate X axis values usually time and Y axis values usually voltage on a selected waveform source You c
270. otate the Entry knob the bit is highlighted in the Data string shown in the waveform area 5 Press the 01X softkey to set the bit selected in the Bit softkey to 0 dow 1 high or X don t care Repeat the last two steps to assign values for all bits InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 295 11 C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode To reset all of the bit values in the serial data string to one value 0 1 or X 1 Press the 01X softkey to select your reset bit value 2 Press the Set all Bits softkey to reset the data string to the selected value NOTE For SPI decode information see SPI Serial Decode on page 297 296 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 11 SPI Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture SPI signals see Setup for SPI Signals on page 292 Because of oscilloscope hardware resource limitations you cannot decode SPI data while CAN or LIN triggering is selected For SPI triggering setup see SPI Triggering on page 295 To set up SPI serial decode 1 Press Serial then select the SPI serial decode mode S d Mode Signals Word Size gt Bit Order Lister SPI 8 MSB lt 2 Press the Word Size softkey and use the Entry knob to select the number of bits in a word 3 Press Bit Order to select the bit order most significant bit first MSB or least significant bit first LSB used when displaying
271. ound This data byte does not need to occur directly after the control byte The oscilloscope will trigger on any data byte that meets the criteria defined by the Datais and Data softkeys during a current address read or a random read or a sequential read cycle 4 If you have set the oscilloscope to trigger on a 7 bit address read or write frame condition or a 10 bit write frame condition a Press the Address softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the 7 bit or 10 bit device address You can select from an address range of 0x00 to Ox7F 7 bit or Ox3FF 10 bit hexadecimal When triggering on a read write frame the oscilloscope will trigger after the start address read write acknowledge and data events occur If don t care is selected OxXX or OxXXX for the address the address will be ignored The trigger will always occur on the 17th clock for 7 bit addressing or 26th clock for 10 bit addressing b Press the Data value softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the 8 bit data pattern on which to trigger You can select a data value in the range of 0x00 to OxFF hexadecimal The oscilloscope will trigger after the start address read write acknowledge and data events occur If don t care OxXX is selected for data the data will be ignored The trigger will always occur on the 17th clock for 7 bit addressing or 26th clock for 10 bit addressing c If you have selected a three byte trigger press the Data2 value softkey and
272. p terminal and the probe ground to the Probe Comp ground terminal When calibrating a differential probe connect the positive lead to the Probe Comp terminal and the negative lead to the Probe Comp ground terminal You may need to connect an alligator clip to the ground lug to allow a differential probe to span between the Probe Comp test point and ground A good ground connection ensures the most accurate probe calibration 3 Press the Channel on off key to turn the channel on if the channel is off 4 In the Channel Menu press the Probe softkey 5 In the Channel Probe Menu the second softkey from the left is for specifying your probe head and attenuation Repeatedly press this softkey until the probe head selection matches the attenuator you are using InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 57 2 58 Probing the Device Under Test The choices are 10 1 single ended browser no attenuator 10 1 differential browser no attenuator 10 1 6 dB Atten single ended browser 10 1 G6 dB Atten differential browser 10 1 12 dB Atten single ended browser 10 1 G12 dB Atten differential browser 10 1 20 dB Atten single ended browser 10 1 20 dB Atten differential browser 6 Press the Calibrate Probe softkey and follow the instructions on the display For more information on InfiniiMax probes and accessories see the probe s User s Guide InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Probing the
273. ped you can use the navigation controls to play through the acquired segments 1 Press Navigate 2 In the Navigate Menu press Navigate then select Segments 3 Press Play Mode then select Manual to play through segments manually In the Manual play mode Press the back and forward keys to go to the previous or next segment Press the S softkey to go to the first segment Press the p gt softkey to go to the last segment InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 75 3 Displaying Waveforms Auto to play through segments in an automated fashion In the Auto play mode Press the OOD navigation keys to play backward stop or play forward in time You can press the Aor keys multiple times to speed up the playback There are three speed levels 76 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 Using the Vertical Controls The vertical controls include e The vertical scale and position knobs for each analog channel e The channel keys for turning a channel on or off and accessing the channel s softkey menu The following figure shows the Channel 1 Menu that appears after pressing the 1 channel key Channel Trigger Trigger level Volts div source or threshold as Channel 1 ground level Channel 2 ground level amp Coupling D Imped BW Limit Fine Invert Probe DC 1M Ohm mj Ej E gt Channel Input Bandwidth Channel Invert
274. pens the I S Bits Menu for entering data values InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 307 12 PS Triggering and Serial Decode When the trigger qualifier requires a pair of values as with In Range Out of Range Increasing value or Decreasing value the first softkey in the I S Bits Menu lets you select which value of the pair In the I S Bits Menu press the Bit softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select each bit then use the 01X softkey to set each bit value to zero one or don t care You can use the Setall Bits softkey to set all bits to the value chosen on the 01X softkey Signed decimal When Decimal is selected the softkey s to the right let you enter decimal values with the Entry knob These softkeys can be Data lt gt or Threshold depending on the selected trigger qualifier 6 If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the I2S signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal To display IS serial decode see 12S Serial Decode on page 309 308 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12S Triggering and Serial Decode 12 I2S Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture S signals see Setup for I2S Signals on page 302 When triggering is set to CAN LIN Flexray or UART RS232 mode decoding in 2S is not allowed When triggerin
275. play Quick Help Complete instructions for using the quick help system are given on page 49 Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscopes feature MegaZoom III technology e Most responsive deep memory e High definition color display e Largest display in its class 12 1 inches e Fastest waveform update rates uncompromised For more information about InfiniiVision oscilloscopes see www agilent com find scope Table 17000B Series Model Numbers Bandwidths and Sampling Rates Bandwidth 100 MHz 350 MHz 500 MHz 1 GHz Maximum Sample Rate 2 GSa s 2 GSa s 4GSa s 4 GSa s 2 Channel 16 Logic Channels MSO MS07012B MS07032B MS07052B 4 Channel 16 Logic Channels MSO MS07014B MSO07034B MS07054B MS07104B 2 Channel DSO DSO7012B DSO07032B DS07052B 4 Channel DSO DSO7014B DSO7034B DS07054B DSO7104B InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide In This Guide 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 This guide shows you how to use the InfiniiVision 7000B Series oscilloscopes It contains these chapters Getting Started Probing the Device Under Test Displaying Waveforms Triggering Measurements and Math Functions Saving Recalling and Printing Acquisition Modes Web Interface Serial Decode Lister CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 12S Triggering and Serial Decode FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial Decode UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Deco
276. play next to the polarity symbol The source can be any analog or digital channel available on your oscilloscope External trigger may also be specified as a source when using a 2 channel oscilloscope Adjust the trigger level for the selected analog channel by turning the Trigger Level knob Press the Digital key and select Thresholds to set the threshold level for digital channels The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display 3 Press the pulse polarity softkey to select positive Dor negative CL polarity for the pulse width you want to capture InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 The selected pulse polarity is displayed in the upper right corner of the display A positive pulse is higher than the current trigger level or threshold and a negative pulse is lower than the current trigger level or threshold When triggering on a positive pulse the trigger will occur on the high to low transition of the pulse if the qualifying condition is true When triggering on a negative pulse the trigger will occur on the low to high transition of the pulse if the qualifying condition is true 4 Press the qualifier softkey lt gt gt lt to select the time qualifier The Qualifier softkey can set the oscilloscope to trigger on a pulse width that is less than a time value lt For example for a positive pulse if you set t lt 10 ns 10 ns
277. pper threshold Because defined pairs of channels are used for upper and lower thresholds either channels 1 and 2 or channels 3 and 4 this softkey also selects the channel for the lower threshhold e Lower Ch shows the channel selected for lower thresholds Auto Setup performs these actions Copies the Upper Threshold Channel position and volts div settings to the Lower Threshold Channel Sets both the Upper Threshold Channel and the Lower Threshold Channel probe attenuation to 10 1 Sets the Upper Threshold Channel trigger level to 500 mV and the Lower Threshold Channel trigger level to 500 mV Turns off trigger noise reject Turns on Serial Decode Sets the trigger type to MIL 1553 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 325 14 MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial Decode MIL STD 1553 Triggering 326 To set up the oscilloscope to capture MIL STD 1553 signals see Setup for MIL STD 1553 Signals on page 325 To set up a MIL STD 1553 trigger 1 Press Trigger then select the MIL STD 1553 trigger type gt Lower Ch amp Trigger C S Stop 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey on the right side then select from these options Data Word Start triggers on the start of a Data word at the end of a valid Data Sync pulse Data Word Stop triggers on the end of a Data word Command Status Word Start triggers on the start of Command Status word at the end of
278. produces triggers based on the TV trigger settings you have selected The oscilloscope s MegaZoom III technology gives you bright easily viewed displays of any part of the video waveform Analysis of video waveforms is simplified by the oscilloscope s ability to trigger on any selected line of the video signal It is important when using a 10 1 passive probe that the probe is correctly compensated The oscilloscope is sensitive to this and will not trigger if the probe is not properly compensated especially for progressive formats 138 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 1 Press the Trigger key in the Trigger section of the front panel If TV is not selected rotate the Entry knob until TVis displayed in the Trigger softkey then press the Settings softkey to display TV Trigger Menu TV Selected trigger channel TV Mode t ource JL U D Standard amp Mode t 1 v NTSC Field1 da Sync TV da TV mode al Holdoff channel polarity 2 Press the Source softkey and select any analog channel as the TV trigger source The selected trigger source is displayed in the upper right corner of the display Turning the Trigger Level knob does not change the trigger level because the trigger level is automatically set to the sync pulse Trigger coupling is automatically set to TV in the Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 139 4 140 Triggering
279. ptimize the signal path in the oscilloscope The routine uses internally generated signals to optimize circuits that affect channel sensitivity offset and trigger parameters Disconnect all inputs and allow the oscilloscope to warm up before performing this procedure Performing User Cal will invalidate your Certificate of Calibration If NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology traceability is required perform the Performance Verification procedure in the Agilent InfiniiVision Oscilloscopes Service Guide using traceable sources To perform user calibration 1 Set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to UNPROTECTED 2 Connect short 12 inch maximum equal length cables to each analog channel s BNC connector on the front of the oscilloscope You will need two equal length cables for a 2 channel oscilloscope or four equal length cables for a 4 channel oscilloscope Use 50Q RGS58AU or equivalent BNC cables when performing User Cal InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Oscilloscope Utility Settings 18 For a 2 channel oscilloscope connect a BNC tee to the equal length cables Then connect a BNC f to BNC f also called a barrel connector to the tee as shown below Figure 40 User Calibration cable for 2 channel oscilloscope Longer cable To Channel 1 J gt to TRIG OUT ag To Channel 2 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 399 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings 400 For a 4
280. ptions Firmware Versions N i Calibration Status_ jalled Options Bed license description installed RERUN a a a ae ee oe Utilities MSO MSO yes FPG FPGA Probe yes mem2M Acq Memory 2M yes mem8M Acq Memory 8M yes LSS Low speed serial decode yes AMS Automotive serial decode yes CAN CAN trigger yes SEC Secure environment no ALT FPGA Altera yes PWR Power application yes 232 UART RS232 serial decode yes SGM Segmented Memory yes IMT Limit Mask Test yes FRC Flex Ray Compliance yes MST Measurement Statistics yes E00 Enhancement 00 yes SND I2S serial decode yes FLX Flex Ray serial decode package yes 553 MIL STD 1553 serial decode yes 252 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 8 Setting a Password Whenever you connect the oscilloscope to a LAN it is good practice to set a password The password prevents someone from remotely accessing the oscilloscope via a Web browser and changing parameters Remote users can still view the Welcome screen view network status etc but they can t operate the instrument or change its setup without the password To set a password 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 244 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select the Configure Network tab from the instrument s Welcome page 3 Click the Modify Configuration button Oscilloscope Current Network ee a Step 2
281. r on page 322 if you have Option FLX N5432C InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 259 9 260 Serial Decode Lister Searching for I2C Data in the Lister on page 291 if you have Option LSS N5423A Searching for 12S Data in the Lister on page 312 if you have Option SND N5468A Searching for LIN Data in the Lister on page 279 if you have Option AMS N5424A Searching for MIL STD 1553 Data in the Lister on page 330 if you have Option 553 N5469A Searching for SPI Data in the Lister on page 300 if you have Option LSS N5423A Searching for UART RS232 Data in the Lister on page 342 if you have Option 232 N5457A InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide e ee 10 e CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for CAN Signals 262 CAN Triggering 264 CAN Serial Decode 266 Setup for LIN Signals 272 LIN Triggering 274 LIN Serial Decode 276 The N5424A CAN LIN triggering and decode option Option AMS requires a four channel InfiniiVision Series oscilloscope ii Agilent Technologies 261 10 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for CAN Signals Setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to a CAN signal using the Signals Menu to specify the signal source baud rate and sample point To set up the oscilloscope to capture CAN signals use the Signals softkey
282. r errors or for incidental or consequential damages in connec tion with the furnishing use or per formance of this document or of any information contained herein Should Agilent and the user have a separate written agreement with warranty terms covering the material in this document that conflict with these terms the warranty terms in the sep arate agreement shall control Technology Licenses The hardware and or software described in this document are furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accor dance with the terms of such license Restricted Rights Legend U S Government Restricted Rights Soft ware and technical data rights granted to the federal government include only those rights customarily provided to end user cus tomers Agilent provides this customary commercial license in Software and techni cal data pursuant to FAR 12 211 Technical Data and 12 212 Computer Software and for the Department of Defense DFARS 252 227 7015 Technical Data Commercial Items and DFARS 227 7202 3 Rights in Commercial Computer Software or Com puter Software Documentation Safety Notices CAUTION A CAUTION notice denotes a haz ard It calls attention to an operat ing procedure practice or the like that if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to the product or loss of important data Do not proceed beyond a CAUTION notice until the indicated conditions are fully unders
283. r s Guide MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial Decode 14 Parity Error finds odd parity bits that are incorrect for the data in the word Sync Error finds invalid Sync pulses Manchester Error finds Manchester encoding errors For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 259 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see To navigate the time base on page 74 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 331 14 MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial Decode 332 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide o7 o ee 15 a UART RS232 Triggering and Serial ae Decode Setup for UART RS232 Signals 334 UART RS232 Triggering 335 UART RS232 Serial Decode 338 The N5457A UART RS232 triggering and decode option Option 232 requires a four channel InfiniiVision Series oscilloscope a Agilent Technologies 333 15 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for UART RS232 Signals To set up the oscilloscope to capture UART RS232 signals use the Signals and Bus Config softkeys which appear in both the Trigger Menu and the Serial Decode Menu 1 Press Label to turn on labels 2 Press Trigger then select the UART RS232 trigger type 3 Press Signals to open the UART RS232 Signals Menu UART RS232 Signals Menu 4 Connect an oscilloscope channel
284. re on InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Modes 7 Whenever both channels in a channel pair are on the sample rate for all channels is halved For example when channels 1 2 and 3 are on the sample rate for all channels is 2 GSa s When Realtime sampling is on the bandwidth of the oscilloscope is limited because the bandwidth of the reconstruction filter is set to f 4 For example a 710x oscilloscope with channels 1 and 2 on has a bandwidth of 500 MHz when Realtime sampling on and 1 GHz when Realtime sampling is off To see the sample rate press the Horiz key on the front panel The sample rate is displayed in the line just above the softkeys Sample rate 4 00GSa s amp Time Mode Zoom Fine D Time Ref Normal Ei E Center InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 233 7 Acquisition Modes Segmented Memory You can purchase the oscilloscope with the segmented memory option factory installed Option SGM or you can easily install it yourself order model number N5454A Segmented Memory When capturing multiple infrequent trigger events it is advantageous to divide the oscilloscope s memory into segments This lets you capture signal activity without capturing long periods of signal dead time Each segment is complete with all analog channel digital channel on MSO models and serial decode data When using Segmented memory use the Analyze Segments feature
285. reference indicator 74 time save execution 213 timebase 65 timebase external 388 Top measurement 173 totalizer CAN 268 totalizer FlexRay 320 totalizer UART rs232 340 trace save to scope memory 216 save to USB 215 tracking cursors 178 transient withstand capability 412 Trig d trigger indicator 100 Trig d trigger indicator 100 trigger coupling 103 definition 97 external 109 general information 97 holdoff 107 list of trigger types 112 mode auto or normal 99 mode coupling 98 source 118 trigger controls 40 trigger indicator Auto 100 Auto 100 Trig d 100 Trig d 100 trigger level 102 trigger mode auto 99 100 normal 99 100 Trigger Out connector 391 trigger output 391 mask test 348 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide trigger type CAN 264 duration 114 edge 117 FlexRay 315 glitch 128 HDTV TV 138 hex bus 126 12C 284 12S 306 326 LIN 274 Nth edge burst 123 pattern 125 pulse width 128 RS232 335 sequence 131 slope 117 SPI 295 UART 335 USB 150 triggers 391 TTL threshold 368 turn channel on 38 TV trigger 138 U UART totalizer 340 UART trigger 335 UART RS232 frame counter 340 UART RS232 license 394 UART RS232 serial decode 266 276 288 297 309 318 338 units math 185 units probe 82 110 unstable triggers 232 updating software and firmware 410 upgrade files 252 upgrade options 393 upgrading the osci
286. rement By default measurement statistics are displayed See page 157 6 To turn off measurements press the Meas key again The key will no longer be illuminated and the measurements will be erased from the display 7 To stop making one or more measurements press the Clear Meas softkey and choose the measurement to clear or press Clear All 44 Source Measure Settings Clear Meas Statistics 1 Freq al i wv After all measurements have been cleared when Meas is pressed again the default measurements will be Frequency and Peak Peak Measurements available only on analog channels The following measurements can only be made on analog source channels rise time fall time X at max Y Xat min Y phase delay average amplitude base maximum minimum peak to peak ratio rms std deviation and top Measurement Statistics Press the Meas key to enter the Measurement Menu By default statistics are displayed and frequency and voltage are measured on channel 1 Select the measurements you desire for the channels you are using see page 154 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 157 5 Measurements and Math Functions From the Measurement Menu press the Statistics softkey to enter the Statistics Menu Freq 1 26 6kHz PKPK Iy 238V amp Source gt Select Measure Settings Clear Meas Statistics 1 Freq Freq wv v Statistics soor 2007 g g S OOs 100 08 Auto E 238V Sour
287. rizontal Menu which appears after pressing the Horiz key Trigger Time Delay Sweep Trigger Trigger level point reference time speed source or threshold ee ee Time Mode XY ae Roll 2 00GSa s po gt Time Ref Center Normal Zoom sweep Sample Fine control Time sweep mode mode rate reference The Horizontal Menu lets you select the time mode Normal XY or Roll enable Zoom set the time base fine control vernier and specify the time reference The current sample rate is displayed above the Fine and Time Ref softkeys 62 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 To adjust the horizontal time div scale 1 Turn the large horizontal scale sweep speed knob marked y to change the horizontal time div setting Notice how the time div information in the status line changes The V symbol at the top of the display indicates the time reference point Note that the horizontal scale knob has a different purpose in the Zoom display See To display the zoomed time base on page 71 The horizontal scale knob works in the Normal time mode while acquisitions are running or when they are stopped When running adjusting the horizontal scale knob changes the sample rate When stopped adjusting the horizontal scale knob lets you zoom into acquired data See Panning and Zooming Single or Stopped Acquisitions on page 64 To adjust the horizontal delay position 1 Turn the
288. rmal and Zoom sections and where you can select XY and Roll modes You can also select horizontal time division vernier and select the trigger time reference point on this menu See Using the Horizontal Controls on page 62 Horizontal Search Key When serial decode is enabled you can use the Search key to find and place marks on rows in the Lister See Searching Lister Data on page 259 Horizontal Navigate Key and Controls Press this key to navigate through captured data marks in the serial decode Lister or segmented memory acquisitions See To navigate the time base on page 74 20 Trigger Controls These controls determine how the oscilloscope triggers to capture data See Chapter 4 Triggering starting on page 95 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 21 Display The display shows captured waveforms using a different color for each channel For more information about display modes see Chapter 3 Displaying Waveforms starting on page 61 Signal detail is displayed using 256 levels of intensity For more information about viewing signal detail see To adjust waveform intensity on page 84 22 Waveform Keys The Acquire key lets you set the oscilloscope to acquire in Normal Peak Detect Averaging or High Resolution modes see Acquisition Modes on page 227 and lets you turn Realtime sampling off or on see page 232 The Display key lets you access
289. rming the automated setup However you can tell it to check only the displayed channels 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences gt AutoScale 2 In the AutoScale Preferences Menu press Channels then select All Channels The next time you press AutoScale all channels that meet the requirements of AutoScale will be displayed Only Displayed Channels The next time you press AutoScale only the channels that are turned on will be examined for signal activity This is useful if you only want to view specific active channels after pressing AutoScale InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 385 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings 386 To preserve the acquisition mode during autoscale The acquisition mode is normally switched to Normal when AutoScale is performed However you can tell it to leave the acquisition mode unchanged 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences gt AutoScale 2 In the AutoScale Preferences Menu press Acq Mode then select Normal to make the oscilloscope switch to Normal acquisition mode whenever the AutoScale key is pressed This is the default mode Preserve to make the oscilloscope remain in the acquisition mode you have chosen when the AutoScale key is pressed To disable enable transparent backgrounds There is a preference setting for whether measurements statistics and other text displays have transparent or solid backgrounds 1 Press U
290. ry 386 To specify the measurement window for Zoom mode 386 Setting Rear Panel Options 388 To set the reference signal mode 388 Maximum input voltage at 10 MHz REF connector 389 To set the trigger out source 391 Setting the Oscilloscope s Clock 392 Entering Licenses and Displaying License Information 393 To enter licenses 393 To display license information 393 Licensed Options Available 393 Other Options Available 395 Upgrading to an MSO 396 Secure Environment Mode Option 396 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Contents Performing Service Tasks 397 To display oscilloscope information 397 To perform user calibration 397 To display the user calibration status 400 To perform self test 401 To clean the oscilloscope 401 To check warranty and extended services status 402 To return the instrument 402 To contact Agilent 403 19 Reference 405 Specifications and Characteristics 406 Accessories Available 407 Software and Firmware Updates 410 Measurement Category 411 Measurement Category 411 Measurement Category Definitions 411 Transient Withstand Capability 412 Maximum input voltage at analog inputs and 2 channel external trigger input 412 A Maximum input voltage at digital channels 412 Environmental Conditions 413 Binary Data bin Format 414 Binary Data in MATLAB 415 Binary Header Format 415 Example Program for Reading Binary Data 418 Examples of Binary Files 418 CSV and ASCII XY files 422 I
291. s To check the envelope of your video signals or to measure worst case distortion trigger on the odd or even fields When Field 1 is selected the oscilloscope triggers on color fields 1 or 3 When Field 2 is selected the oscilloscope triggers on color fields 2 or 4 1 Press the Trigger key then select TV 2 Press the Settings softkey then press the Standard softkey to select the appropriate TV standard 3 Press the Mode softkey and select Field1 or Field2 The trigger circuits look for the position of the start of Vertical Sync to determine the field But this definition of field does not take into consideration the phase of the reference subcarrier When Field 1 is selected the trigger system will find any field where the vertical sync InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 147 4 Triggering starts on Line 4 In the case of NTSC video the oscilloscope will trigger on color field 1 alternating with color field 3 see the following figure This setup can be used to measure the envelope of the reference burst Figure 17 Triggering on Color Field 1 Alternating with Color Field 3 D Source JL Wy gt Standard Line TV Holdoff 1 v NTSC 6 0 0flds If a more detailed analysis is required then only one color field should be selected to be the trigger You can do this by using the TV Holdoff softkey in the TV Trigger Menu Press the TV Holdoff softkey and use the Entry knob to adjust the holdoff in half
292. s plotted on the Y axis You can use XY mode to compare frequency and phase relationships between two signals XY mode can also be used with transducers to display strain versus displacement flow versus pressure volts versus current or voltage versus frequency Use the cursors to make measurements on XY mode waveforms For more information about using XY mode for measurements refer to XY Time Mode on page 66 Roll causes the waveform to move slowly across the screen from right to left It only operates on time base settings of 500 ms div and slower If the current time base setting is faster than the 500 ms div limit it will be set to 500 ms div when Roll mode is entered InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 65 3 66 Displaying Waveforms In Roll mode there is no trigger The fixed reference point on the screen is the right edge of the screen and refers to the current moment in time Events that have occurred are scrolled to the left of the reference point Since there is no trigger no pre trigger information is available If you would like to pause the display in Roll mode press the Single key To clear the display and restart an acquisition in Roll mode press the Single key again Use Roll mode on low frequency waveforms to yield a display much like a strip chart recorder It allows the waveform to roll across the display XY Time Mode The XY time mode converts the oscilloscope from
293. s also shown in the upper right corner of the display next to Seq b Press the 01X softkey to set a level for the channel 1 sets the pattern to high on the selected channel A high is a voltage level that is greater than the channel s trigger level or threshold level 0 sets the pattern to low on the selected channel A low is a voltage level that is less than the channel s trigger level or threshold level X sets the pattern to don t care on the selected channel Any channel set to don t care is ignored and is not used as part of the pattern If all channels in the pattern are set to don t care the oscilloscope will not trigger Adjust the trigger level for the selected analog channel by turning the Trigger Level knob Press the Digital key and select Thresholds to set the threshold level for digital channels The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display c Repeat for all channels in the pattern InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 133 4 Triggering 5 If you select an edge term one channel must be set to a rising edge or a falling edge All other channel edges will be set to don t care X a Press the Channel softkey or rotate the Entry knob to select the channel As you select a channel the channel is highlighted in the selected pattern list shown in the waveform area b Then press the X softkey to select rising edge or fallin
294. s softkey to select the ID Data Frame ID and Data The oscilloscope will trigger on data frames matching the specified ID and data Press the Bits softkey to select the ID and set up the number of data bytes and values Error Frame The oscilloscope will trigger on CAN active error frames AllErrors The oscilloscope will trigger when any form error or active error is encountered Acknowledge Error The oscilloscope will trigger when the acknowledge bit is recessive high Overload Frame The oscilloscope will trigger on CAN overload frames You can use the Zoom mode for easier navigation of the decoded data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the CAN signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is Auto Triggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal To display CAN serial decode see CAN Serial Decode on page 266 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 265 10 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode CAN Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture CAN signals see Setup for CAN Signals on page 262 For CAN triggering set up see CAN Triggering on page 264 To set up CAN serial decode 1 Press Serial then select the CAN serial decode mode 2 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 3 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key
295. s the Mode softkey and select the TV field of the line you want to trigger on You can choose Line Field1 Line Field2 or Line Alternate 4 Press the Line softkey and select the number of the line you want to examine InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 Alternate Triggering If Line Alternate is selected the oscilloscope will alternately trigger on the selected line number in Field 1 and Field 2 This is a quick way to compare the Field 1 VITS and Field 2 VITS or to check for the correct insertion of the half line at the end of Field 1 Figure 13 Example Triggering on Line 136 D 5007 g g o 00s 5 0008 Auto Tv E Line Fi TV Trigger We gt Source JL Wy D Standard lt gt Mode amp Line TV Holdoff 1 vV NTSC Line Fld 136 0 0flds InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 143 4 Triggering To trigger on all sync pulses To quickly find maximum video levels you could trigger on all sync pulses When All Lines is selected as the TV trigger mode the oscilloscope will trigger on all horizontal sync pulses 1 Press the Trigger key then select TV 2 Press the Settings softkey then press the Standard softkey to select the appropriate TV standard 3 Press the Mode softkey and select All Lines Figure 14 Triggering on All Lines D Source JL uU D Standard e gt DTV Holdoff 1 v NTSC 136 Oflds 144 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Gui
296. scope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the UART RS232 signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the Zoom horizontal sweep mode for easier navigation of the acquired data Interpreting UART RS232 Decode e Angled waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 339 15 340 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode e Mid level blue lines show an idle bus e When using 5 8 bit formats the decoded data is displayed in white Gin binary hex or ASCII e When using the 9 bit format all data words are displayed in green including the 9th bit The 9th bit is displayed on the left e When a data word value is selected for framing it is displayed in light blue When using 9 bit data words the 9th bit will also be displayed in light blue e Decoded text is truncated at the end of the associated frame when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries e When the horizontal scale setting does not permit the display of all available decoded data red dots will appear in the decoded bus to mark the location of hidden data Expand the horizontal scale to allow the data to display e An unknown undefined bus is shown in red e A parity error wi
297. serial decode of CAN and LIN buses for 4 channel or You can easily install this option yourself 4 16 channel models only FPG N5406A FPGA dynamic probe for Xilinx MSO recommended N5406A with Option 001 Provides internal FPGA visibility and quick instrument setup Oscilloscope locked license or Option 002 PC locked license Software is installed on an external PC FLX FlexRay triggering and decode for 4 channel or 4 16 channel Order N5432C models only You can easily install this option yourself Includes mask limit test option LMT segmented memory option SGM and FlexRay physical layer conformance test application option FRC FRC FlexRay Physical Layer Conformance Test Application Order U7244A Application runs on a PC connected to InfiniiVision oscilloscope LMT Mask Limit Test Order N5455A Lets you create a mask and test waveforms to determine You can easily install this option yourself whether they comply to the mask LSS Low Speed Serial Decode Order N5423A Provides serial decode of IC and SPI buses for 4 channel or You can easily install this option yourself 4 16 channel models only 394 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Oscilloscope Utility Settings 18 Table9 Licensed Options Available continued Option Description After purchase model number notes mem8M Memory Upgrade N A Is always provided with 7000B Series oscilloscopes It shows the total memory depth 8 Mpts interleaved MSO Mixed
298. signal InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 273 10 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode LIN Triggering 274 To set up the oscilloscope to capture a LIN signal see Setup for LIN Signals on page 272 LIN triggering will trigger on the rising edge at the Sync Break exit of the LIN single wire bus signal that marks the beginning of the message frame If the N5424A CAN LIN Automotive Triggering and Decode option is installed on your oscilloscope the Frame ID and Frame ID and Data trigger types are also available A LIN signal message frame is shown below Identifier Data Checksum Break Fields Field 4 Sync Break Exit Press Trigger then select the LIN trigger type 2 Repeatedly press and release the Trigger softkey or rotate the Entry knob to select the trigger condition gt Trigger Signals amp Trigger IN D a ID amp Data 3 Press the Trigger softkey and choose the type of trigger Sync Sync Break The oscilloscope triggers on the rising edge at the Sync Break exit of the LIN single wire bus signal that marks the beginning the message frame ID Frame ID The oscilloscope triggers when a frame with an ID equal to the selected value is detected Use the Entry knob to select the value for the Frame ID ID amp Data Frame ID and Data The oscilloscope triggers when a frame with an ID and data equal to the selected values is detected When triggering on a frame ID
299. sion 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 237 7 Acquisition Modes 238 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface Setting up the Oscilloscope s LAN Connection 241 Accessing the Web Interface 244 Browser Web Control 245 Get Image 250 Identification Function 251 Instrument Utilities 252 Setting a Password 253 The Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscopes have a LAN interface and a built in web server these let you use a Java enabled web browser remotely to View information about the oscilloscope like its model number serial number host name IP address and VISA address connect string Control the oscilloscope using the Remote Front Panel Send SCPI Standard Commands for Programmable Instrumentation remote programming commands via the SCPI Commands applet window Get screen images and save or print them from the browser Activate the Identification function to identify a particular instrument by causing a message to be displayed or a front panel light to blink View installed options view firmware versions and install firmware upgrade files and view calibration status via the Instrument Utilities page View and modify the oscilloscope s network configuration and status information The web interface for InfiniiVision oscilloscope also provides help for each of its pages Agilent Technologies 239 8 Web Interfac
300. sition and you are not particularly interested in triggering the acquisition for example if you are probing a DC level set the trigger mode to Auto see page 99 and press the Single key If a trigger condition occurs it will be used if a trigger doesn t happen an untriggered acquisition will be taken 226 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Modes 7 Acquisition Modes The InfiniiVision oscilloscopes have the following acquisition modes e Normal for most waveforms with normal decimating at slower sweep speeds no averaging e Peak Detect for displaying narrow pulses that occur infrequently at slower sweep speeds e Averaging for reducing noise and increasing resolution at all sweep speeds without bandwidth or rise time degradation e High Resolution for reducing random noise at slower sweep speeds Realtime sampling where the oscilloscope produces the waveform display from samples collected during one trigger event can be turned off or on in the Normal Peak Detect and High Resolution modes For information on the XY horizontal mode see XY Time Mode on page 66 At Slower Sweep Speeds At slower sweep speeds the sample rate drops because the acquisition time increases and the oscilloscope s digitizer is sampling faster than is required to fill memory For example suppose an oscilloscope s digitizer has a sample period of 1 ns maximum sample rat
301. softkey both waveform trace and oscilloscope setup are saved to the USB mass storage device or the oscilloscope s internal memory After saving you can choose to recall the trace the setup or both The trace is saved with the file extension TIF and the setup is saved with the extension SCP These extensions can be seen using the File Explorer but they do not appear when using the file browser in the Recall Menu When using Mask Testing the mask data file is saved also Its extension is MSK InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 209 6 Saving Recalling and Printing Display Image and Waveform Data File Formats Display image and waveform data files can be saved on a USB mass storage device but they cannot be saved to the oscilloscope s internal memory Press Save Recall gt Save gt Format to select a format You can save the display image in the following file formats BMP 8 bit image file The screen image is converted to a smaller lower resolution bitmap file of the complete screen including the status line and softkeys BMP 24 bit image file This is a larger high resolution bitmap file of the complete screen PNG 24 bit image file This is an image file that uses lossless compression Files are much smaller than the BMP format You can save waveform data in the following formats 210 CSV data file This creates a file of comma separated variable values of all displayed
302. softkey or push the Entry knob to center the waveform display at the time associated with the selected Lister row and automatically set the horizontal scale setting Press the Undo Zoom softkey to return to the horizontal scale and delay settings before the last Zoom to Selection Press the Options softkey to open the Lister Options Menu In this menu you can Enable or disable the Track Time option When enabled as you select different Lister rows using the Entry knob while acquisitions are stopped the horizontal delay changes to the Time of the selected row InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Serial Decode Lister 9 Searching Lister Data When serial decode is enabled you can use the Search key to find and place marks on rows in the Lister The Search for softkey lets you specify events to find It is similar to specifying protocol triggers Events found are marked in orange in the far left Lister column The total number of events found is displayed above the softkeys Errors 15 0 HOM Search events found 5 gt Search gt Scroll gt Search for gt Data is amp Data Serial Lister Tx Data M Each serial decode option lets you find protocol specific headers data errors etc See e Searching for CAN Data in the Lister on page 270 if you have Option AMS N5424 lt A e Searching for FlexRay Data in the Liste
303. sors X1 9 38000us Manual 1 y1 X2 12 58000us Y2 0 0V Put the X1 cursor on one side of a pulse and the X2 cursor on the other side of the pulse InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 181 5 Measurements and Math Functions Figure 25 Measuring pulse width with cursors D iow g a g 3e 00s 500087 Trid 1 E 200V T AX 312 50kHz AY T 2 00000V Mode gt Source Cursors X1 9 38000us Manual 1 Y1 X2 12 58000us Y2 0 0V Press the X1 X2 linked softkey and move the cursors together to check for pulse width variations in a pulse train Figure 26 Moving the cursors together to check pulse width variations D 10 g g 3e OOs 500087 Trid 1 E 200V AX 3 20000us 1 AX 312 50kHz AY 0000V Mode d Source Cursors 2 00000 Manual 1 X1 X2 Y2 0 0V InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Math Functions Math functions can be performed on analog channels The resulting math waveform is displayed in light purple You can use a math function on a channel even if you choose not to display the channel on screen You can Perform an arithmetic operation add subtract or multiply on channels 1 and 2 or on channels 3 and 4 Perform a function differentiate integrate FFT or square root on the signal acquired on an analog channel Perform a function on the result of an arithmetic operation To use waveform math 1 Press the Math key
304. splayed as dB for all other FFT sources or when a source channel s units has been set to Amps The following figure shows the voltage measurement points Maximum Top Amplitude Peak Peak InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 169 5 170 Measurements and Math Functions Digital channel voltage measurements Automatic voltage measurements are not valid on digital channels on the mixed signal oscilloscope Amplitude The Amplitude of a waveform is the difference between its Top and Base values The Y cursors show the values being measured Average Average is the sum of the waveform samples divided by the number of samples Lx where x value at ith point being measured Average haan n n number of points in measurement interval Which samples are measured depends on the Interval setting e NCycles the average value is measured on an integral number of periods of the displayed signal If less than three edges are present the measurement shows No edges e Full Screen the average value is measured on all displayed data points e Auto the measurement attempts to compute a value using the N Cycles interval If less than three edges are present the measurement is computed using the Full Screen interval The X cursors show what portion of the displayed waveform is being measured Base The Base of a waveform is the mode most common value of the lower part of the waveform
305. stop The specified time may be exceeded If an error occurs the action specified using the On Error softkey will occur The actual test time is displayed above the softkeys Minimum Sigma Choose this option and then use the Sigma softkey to select a minimum sigma The mask test runs until enough waveforms are tested to achieve a minimum test sigma If an error occurs the oscilloscope will perform the action specified by the On Error softkey Note that this is a test sigma the max achievable process sigma assuming no defects for a certain number of tested waveforms as opposed to a process sigma which is tied to the amount of failures per test The sigma value may exceed the selected value when a small sigma value is chosen The actual sigma is displayed 346 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Analyzing Data 16 On Error The On Error setting specifies the action to take when the input waveform does not conform to the mask This setting supersedes the Run Until setting Stop The oscilloscope will stop when the first error is detected on the first waveform that does not conform to the mask This setting supersedes the Minimum of Tests and Minimum Time settings Save The oscilloscope will save the screen image based on the settings you have chosen See Saving and Recalling Data on page 206 Print The oscilloscope will print the waveform display when the first error is detected This option is only availabl
306. sweep speed knob As you turn the knob the sweep speed is highlighted in the status line above the waveform display area The Horizontal scale sweep speed knob controls the size of the box 72 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 The Horizontal position delay time knob sets the left to right position of the zoom sweep The delay value which is the time displayed relative to the trigger point is momentarily displayed in the upper right portion of the display when the delay time lt gt knob is turned Negative delay values indicate you re looking at a portion of the waveform before the trigger event and positive values indicate you re looking at the waveform after the trigger event To change the sweep speed for the normal sweep window turn off Zoom then turn the horizontal scale Sweep speed knob For information about using zoom mode for measurements refer to Chapter 5 Measurements and Math Functions starting on page 153 See Also To specify the measurement window for Zoom mode on page 386 To change the horizontal scale knob s coarse fine adjustment setting 1 Push the horizontal scale knob or press Horiz gt Fine to toggle between fine and coarse adjustment of the horizontal scale The Fine softkey lets you change the sweep speed in smaller increments with the time division knob The sweep speed remains fully calibrated when Fine is on The horiz
307. switch all digital channels on or off 367 To switch groups of channels on or off 368 To switch a single channel on or off 367 To change the displayed size of the digital channels 367 To reposition a digital channel 369 To change the logic threshold for digital channels 368 To display digital channels asabus 369 Digital channel signal fidelity Probe impedance and grounding 374 To replace digital probe leads 379 This chapter describes how to use the digital channels of a Mixed Signal Oscilloscope MSO cti Agilent Technologies 359 17 Digital Channels To connect the digital probes to the device under test The digital channels are enabled on MSO7000B Series models and DSO7000B Series models which have the MSO upgrade license installed 1 If necessary turn off the power supply to the device under test Turning off power to the device under test would only prevent damage that might occur if you accidentally short two lines together while connecting probes You can leave the oscilloscope powered on because no voltage appears at the probes 2 Connect the digital probe cable to the D15 DO connector on the rear panel of the mixed signal oscilloscope The digital probe cable is indexed so you can connect it only one way You do not need to power off the oscilloscope CAUTION Probe cable for digital channels Use only the Agilent part number 54620 68701 digital probe kit supplied with the
308. tarted 1 Front Panel Control and Connector Descriptions 1 Power Switch Press once to switch power on press again to switch power off See page 29 2 USB Host Port This port is for connecting USB mass storage devices or printers to the oscilloscope Connect a USB compliant mass storage device flash drive disk drive etc to store or recall oscilloscope setup files or waveforms To print connect a USB compliant printer For more information about printing see To print the oscilloscope s display on page 220 You can also use the USB port to update the oscilloscope s system software when updates are available You do not need to take special precautions before removing the USB mass storage device from the oscilloscope you do not need to eject it Simply unplug the USB mass storage device from the oscilloscope when the file operation is complete For more information about saving to a USB mass storage device see Saving and Recalling Data on page 206 Do not connect a host computer to the oscilloscope s USB host port Use the device port A host computer sees the oscilloscope as a device so connect the host computer to the oscilloscope s device port on the rear panel See Web Interface on page 239 3 Probe Compensation Terminals Use the signal at this terminal to match a probe s input capacitance to the oscilloscope channel to which it is connected See page 56 4 Channel Input BNC Co
309. te The background color is red to indicate an error For more information on using the Lister display see Lister on page 257 Searching for MIL STD 1553 Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of MIL STD 1553 data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With MIL STD 1553 selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press Search for then select from these options Data Word Start finds the start of a Data word at the end of a valid Data Sync pulse Command Status Word Start finds the start of Command Status word at the end of a valid C S Sync pulse Remote Terminal Address finds the Command Status word whose RTA matches the specified value The value is specified in hex When this option is selected the RTA softkey activates and lets you select the hex Remote Terminal Address value to find Remote Terminal Address 11 Bits finds the RTA and the remaining 11 bits that match the specified criteria When this option is selected these softkeys let you select the Remote Terminal Address and 11 bit time values The RTA softkey lets you select the hex Remote Terminal Address value The Bit Time softkey lets you select the bit time position The 01 softkey lets you set the bit time position value as a 1 or 0 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes Use
310. tensity Undo lt 9 Channels gt Acq Mode Autoscale All Normal To set or clear infinite persistence With infinite persistence the oscilloscope updates the display with new acquisitions but does not erase the results of previous acquisitions All previous acquisitions are displayed in gray with reduced intensity New acquisitions are shown in their normal color with normal intensity Waveform persistence is kept only for the current display area you cannot pan and zoom the infinite persistence display Use infinite persistence to measure noise and jitter to see the worst case extremes of varying waveforms to look for timing violations or to capture events that occur infrequently To use infinite persistence to display multiple repetitive events 1 Connect a signal to the oscilloscope 2 Press the Display key ES ee ee ee eee eee ee eee ee ee co Persist Clear Clear amp Grid Vectors Freeze co Persist Display 33 Display InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 85 3 86 Displaying Waveforms 3 Press Persist to turn on infinite persistence The display will begin accumulating multiple acquisitions 4 Press the Clear Persist softkey to erase previous acquisitions The oscilloscope will start to accumulate acquisitions again 5 To return the oscilloscope to the normal display mode turn off infinite persistence then press the Clear Persist softkey Accumulating multiple acquisitions Turni
311. tern Selected Trigger level trigger channel or threshold io Analog Digital Channels Channels Bus 1 Bus 2 Channel Logic Low Rising or Don t care Logic Low select falling edge or High 2 For each analog or digital channel you want to include in the desired pattern press the Channel softkey to select the channel This is the channel source for the 0 1 X or edge condition As you press the Channel softkey or rotate the Entry knob the channel you select is highlighted in the Pattern line directly above the softkeys and in the upper right corner of the display next to Pat External trigger may also be specified as a channel in the pattern when using the 2 channel and 4 channel oscilloscopes InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 125 4 126 Triggering Adjust the trigger level for the selected analog channel by turning the Trigger Level knob Press the Digital key and select Thresholds to set the threshold level for digital channels The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display For each channel you select press one of the condition softkeys to set the condition for that channel in the pattern 0 sets the pattern to zero low on the selected channel A low is a voltage level that is less than the channel s trigger level or threshold level 1 sets the pattern to 1 high on the selected channel A high is a voltage level t
312. test is switched on then infinite persistence is switched off when mask test is switched off Troubleshooting Mask Setup If you press Create Mask and the mask appears to cover the entire screen check the Y and X settings in the Automask Menu If these are set to zero the resulting mask will be extremely tight around the waveform InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 345 16 Analyzing Data If you press Create Mask and it appears that no mask was created check the Y and X settings They may be set so large that the mask is not visible Setup Options Run Until The Run Until softkey lets you specify a condition on which to terminate testing Forever The oscilloscope runs continuously However if an error occurs the action specified using the On Error softkey will occur Minimum of Tests Choose this option and then use the of Tests softkey to select the number of times the oscilloscope will trigger display the waveform s and compare them to the mask The oscilloscope will stop after the specified number of tests have been completed The specified minimum number of tests may be exceeded If an error occurs the action specified using the On Error softkey will occur The actual number of tests completed is displayed above the softkeys Minimum Time Choose this option and then use the Test Time softkey to select how long the oscilloscope will run When the selected time has passed the oscilloscope will
313. the oscilloscope to Normal trigger mode instead of Auto trigger mode This prevents the oscilloscope from Auto triggering while waiting for a particular frame and cycle combination Triggering on FlexRay Errors 1 Press Trigger then select the FlexRay trigger type 2 In the Trigger Menu press Trigger then select Error amp Errors Header CRC 3 Press the Errors softkey then select the error type All Errors Header CRC Error cyclic redundancy check error in the header Frame CRC Error cyclic redundancy check error in the frame Since FlexRay errors occur infrequently it may be helpful to set the oscilloscope to Normal trigger mode instead of Auto trigger mode This prevents the oscilloscope from Auto triggering while waiting for an error to occur You may need to adjust trigger holdoff to see a particular error when multiple errors exist 316 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 13 Triggering on FlexRay Events Press Trigger then select the FlexRay trigger type 2 In the Trigger Menu press Trigger then select Event j Signals gt Trigger Event Event TSS 3 Press Event then select the event type Wake up TSS Transmission Start Sequence BSS ByteStart Sequence FES DTS Frame End or Dynamic Trailing Sequence 4 Press Auto Setup for Event This automatically configures oscilloscope settings as shown on the display for the s
314. the Start of Frame SOF bit of a CAN data frame If the N5424A CAN LIN Automotive Triggering and Decode option license AMS is installed on your oscilloscope the following additional CAN trigger types will also be available Remote Frame ID RTR Data Frame ID RTR Remote or Data Frame ID Data Frame ID and Data Error Frame All Errors Acknowledge Error and Overload Frame A CAN message frame in CAN_L signal type is shown below Bus Arbitration Control Data Inter Idle Field Field Field mission SOF edge 1 Press Trigger then select the CAN trigger type 2 Repeatedly press and release the Trigger softkey or rotate the Entry knob to select the trigger condition O7F gt Trigger Signals amp Trigger Bits CAN D ID amp RTR gt SOF Start of Frame The oscilloscope triggers at the start of a frame Remote Frame ID RTR The oscilloscope triggers on remote frames with the specified ID Press the Bits softkey to select the ID 264 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 10 For details about using the CAN Bits Menu softkeys press and hold the softkey in question to display the built in help Data Frame ID RTR The oscilloscope will trigger on data frames matching the specified ID Press the Bits softkey to select the ID Remote or Data Frame ID The oscilloscope will trigger on remote or data frames matching the specified ID Press the Bit
315. the User Baud softkey You can set the UART baud rate from 1 2 kb s to 3 0000 Mb s in increments of 100 b s d Polarity Select idle low or idle high to match your device under test s state when at idle For RS232 select idle low e Bit Order Select whether the most significant bit MSB or the least significant bit LSB is presented after the start bit in the signal from your device under test For RS232 select LSB In the serial decode display the most significant bit is always displayed on the left regardless of how Bit Order is set UART RS232 Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture UART RS 232 signals see Setup for UART RS232 Signals on page 334 To trigger on a UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter signal connect the oscilloscope to the Rx and Tx lines and set up a trigger condition RS232 Recommended Standard 232 is one example of a UART protocol 1 Press Trigger then select the UART RS232 trigger type amp Trigger Signals Bus UART RS232 ws 2 Press the Base softkey to select Hex or ASCII as the base displayed on the Data softkey in the UART RS232 Trigger Setup Menu InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 335 15 336 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode Note that the setting of this softkey does not affect the selected base of the decode display 3 Press the Trigger Setup softkey and set up the desired trigger condition Rx Start Bit The oscil
316. the work directory for MATLAB The default work directory is C MATLAB7 work Binary Header Format File Header There is only one file header in a binary file The file header consists of the following information Cookie Two byte characters AG that indicate the file is in the Agilent Binary Data file format Version Two bytes that represent the file version File Size A 32 bit integer that is the number of bytes that are in the file Number of Waveforms A 32 bit integer that is the number of waveforms that are stored in the file Waveform Header It is possible to store more than one waveform in the file and each waveform stored will have a waveform header When using segmented memory each segment is treated as a separate waveform The waveform header contains information about the type of waveform data that is stored following the waveform data header Header Size A 32 bit integer that is the number of bytes in the header Waveform Type A 32 bit integer that is the type of waveform stored in the file InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 415 19 416 Reference Unknown Normal Peak Detect Average Not used in InfiniiVision oscilloscopes Not used in InfiniiVision oscilloscopes e an ep WwW DY KF O ll Logic Number of Waveform Buffers A 32 bit integer that is the number of waveform buffers required to read the data Points A 32 bit integer that is the number of waveform
317. tility gt Options gt Preferences gt More 2 Press Transparent to toggle between transparent and solid text display backgrounds To load the default label library See To reset the label library to the factory default on page 93 To specify the measurement window for Zoom mode When the zoomed time base is displayed you can specify whether the upper Main window or the lower Zoom window is used as the measurement window 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences gt More 2 Press Window to select from these measurement window options Auto Select The measurement is attempted in the lower Zoom window if it cannot be made there the upper Main window is used InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Oscilloscope Utility Settings 18 e Main The measurement window is the upper Main window Zoom The measurement window is the lower Zoom window InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 387 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings Setting Rear Panel Options The rear panel options you can set are e The function of the 10 MHz REF connector e The source of the TRIG OUT signal To set the reference signal mode The 10 MHz REF BNC connector on the rear panel is provided so you can e Supply a more accurate sample clock signal to the oscilloscope or e Synchronize the timebase of two or more instruments Sample clock and frequency counter accuracy The oscilloscope s timeb
318. to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the CAN signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the Zoom horizontal sweep mode for easier navigation of the decoded data 266 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 10 Interpreting CAN Decode Active Error Frame red Missing Acknowledge ee CRC inej N Data white Data Length Code blue e Frame ID yellow AG A9 A7 90 FRAMES 0000069549 OVLD 000000000 0 0 ERR 000001305 1 9 o Ma an Reset CAN Counters e Frame ID appears in hex digits in yellow Frames of 11 or 29 bits are automatically detected Remote frame RMT appears in green e Data length code DLC appears in blue for data frames and green for remote frames e Data bytes appear in hex digits in white for data frames e Cyclic redundancy check CRC appears in hex digits in blue when valid or in red to indicate that the oscilloscope s hardware decode calculated a CRC that is different from the incoming CRC data stream e Angled waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame e Mid level blue lines show an idle bus Decoded text is truncated at the end of the associated frame when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries InfiniiVisi
319. tood and met A WARNING notice denotes a hazard It calls attention to an operating procedure practice or the like that if not correctly per formed or adhered to could result in personal injury or death Do not proceed beyond a WARNING notice until the indicated condi tions are fully understood and met InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes At a Glance Serial Decode Mode CAN FlexRay PC as The Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series oscilloscopes deliver powerful features and high performance InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 100 MHz 350 MHz 500 MHz and 1 GHz bandwidth models Up to 4 GSa s sample rate 12 1 inch XGA display Powerful triggering including analog HDTV and USB Options for CAN FlexRay I C I s LIN MIL STD 1553 SPI and UART RS232 USB and LAN ports make printing saving and sharing data easy 2 channel and 4 channel Digital Storage Oscilloscope DSO models 2 16 channel and 4 16 channel Mixed Signal Oscilloscope MSO models An MSO lets you debug your mixed signal designs using up to four analog signals and 16 tightly correlated digital signals simultaneously e You can easily upgrade an InfiniiVision 7000B Series oscilloscope from a DSO to an MSO and or add features such as Segmented Memory and Mask Test e A Quick Help system is built into the oscilloscope Press and hold any key to dis
320. trigger 111 installed licenses 393 397 installed options 252 instantaneous slope of a waveform 191 instrument ID 393 Instrument Utilities web page 252 Integrate math function 193 intensity control 41 84 invert 81 invert graticule colors 211 IP address 239 242 J Japanese GUI 50 K keys 46 7000 Series 35 36 knobs 7000 Series 35 36 Korean GUI 50 L label key 38 label list 92 label list loading from text file 92 labels 89 auto increment 91 default library 93 LAN connection 241 LAN Settings softkey 242 427 Index landscape mode 221 language Quick Help 50 languages graphical user interface 50 ength control 212 ength softkey 212 LF Reject 104 105 library labels 90 icenses 393 396 LIN serial decode 276 LIN trigger 274 ine power 29 ine voltage 29 Lister 257 LMT Option 393 394 oad file 217 ocalized front panel overlay 45 Location 207 ogic threshold 368 ow frequency noise rejection 105 LSS Option 393 394 M mask test 344 trigger output 348 mask testing 344 math 1 2 187 1 2 189 addition 189 differentiate 191 FFT 197 functions 183 functions on arithmetic operations 184 integrate 193 measurements 169 multiply 187 offset 185 scale 185 subtract 189 units 185 using waveform math 183 math key 38 428 MATLAB binary data 415 Maximum measurement 171 maximum sample rate 232 Meas key 154 156 measure keys 39 measurem
321. turn the Entry knob to select the 8 bit data pattern on which to trigger To display I C serial decode see 12C Serial Decode on page 288 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 287 11 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode I2C Serial Decode 288 To set up the oscilloscope to capture C signals see Setup for I2C Signals on page 282 Because of oscilloscope hardware resource limitations you cannot decode I2C data while LIN triggering is selected For I2C triggering setup see 12C Triggering on page 284 To set up I C serial decode 1 Press Serial then select the IC serial decode mode O6A 41A 47A 49A 4C amp Addr Size 7 Bit 2 Choose 7 bit or 8 bit address size Use 8 bit address size to include the R W bit as part of the address value or choose 7 bit address size to exclude the R W bit from the address value 3 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 4 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the 7c signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the Zoom horizontal sweep mode for easier navigation of the acquired data InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 1 C SPI Triggering and S
322. uare root 5 Press the Source1 softkey and select g t as the source Note that g t is only available when you select a function in the previous step Math Operating Hints If the analog channel or math function is clipped not fully displayed on screen the resulting displayed math function will also be clipped Once the function is displayed the analog channel s may be turned off for better viewing of the math waveform The vertical scaling and offset of each math function can be adjusted for ease of viewing and measurement considerations The math function waveform can be measured using Cursors and or Meas Math scale and offset Any math function may be manually scaled by pressing the Scale or Offset softkeys and adjusting the value 184 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements and Math Functions 5 Math Scale and Offset are Set Automatically Any time the currently displayed math function definition is changed the function is automatically scaled for optimum vertical scale and offset If you manually set scale and offset for a function select a new function then select the original function the original function will be automatically rescaled 1 In the Waveform Math Menu press the Scale or Offset sofkeys to set your own scale factors units division or offset units for the selected math function The Function softkey must be set to f t Displayed in order to set scale and offset
323. under test either rising or falling The on screen diagram changes with your selection InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 305 12 IS Triggering and Serial Decode Is Triggering 306 To set up the oscilloscope to capture Is signals see Setup for I2S Signals on page 302 After you have set up the oscilloscope to capture S signals you can then trigger on a data value 1 Press Trigger then select the PS trigger type Bus Config Trigger Setup 2 Press Trigger Setup to open the PS Trigger Setup Menu 3 Press the Audio softkey and rotate the Entry knob to choose to trigger on Left channel events Right channel events or events that occur on Either channel 4 Press the Trigger softkey and choose a qualifier Equal triggers on the specified audio channel s data word when it equals the specified word Not equal triggers on any word other than the specified word Less than triggers when the channel s data word is less than the specified value Greater than triggers when the channel s data word is greater than the specified value In Range enter upper and lower values to specify the range in which to trigger Out of Range enter upper and lower values to specify range in which trigger will not occur InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Is Triggering and Serial Decode 12 Increasing value triggers when the data value is incre
324. ur waveform has a large DC offset LF low frequency Reject coupling places a 50 kHz high pass filter in series with the trigger waveform Low frequency reject removes any unwanted low frequency components from a trigger waveform such as power line frequencies that can interfere with proper triggering Use this coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your waveform has low frequency noise TV coupling is normally grayed out but is automatically selected when TV trigger is enabled in the Trigger Menu Note that Trigger Coupling is independent of Channel Coupling To change Channel Coupling see page 79 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 103 4 Triggering Trigger Noise Rejection If the signal you are probing is noisy you can set up the oscilloscope to reduce the noise on the displayed waveform First stabilize the displayed waveform by removing the noise from the trigger path Second reduce the noise on the displayed waveform 1 Connect a signal to the oscilloscope and obtain a stable display 2 Remove the noise from the trigger path by turning on high frequency rejection HF Reject low frequency rejection LF Reject or Noise Rejection 3 Use Averaging Mode to reduce noise on the displayed waveform 104 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggering 4 HF Reject HF Reject adds a 50 kHz low pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency components from the trigger wavef
325. uses Requires a 4 channel oscilloscope See FlexRay Serial Decode on page 318 The N5423A Option LSS license provides the ability to decode C Inter IC and SPI Serial Peripheral Interface serial buses Requires a 4 channel oscilloscope See I2C Serial Decode on page 288 SPI Serial Decode on page 297 The N5468A Option SND license provides the ability to decode S Inter IC Sound or Integrated Interchip Sound serial buses Requires a 4 channel oscilloscope See I2S Serial Decode on page 309 The N5469A Option 553 license provides the ability to decode MIL STD 1553 serial buses Requires a 4 channel oscilloscope See MIL STD 1553 Serial Decode on page 327 The N5457A Option 232 license provides the ability to decode many UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter protocols including RS232 Recommended Standard 232 Requires a 4 channel oscilloscope See UART RS232 Serial Decode on page 338 To determine whether these licenses are installed on your oscilloscope see To display license information on page 393 To order serial decode licenses go to www agilent com and search for the product number for example N5424A or contact your local Agilent Technologies representative see www agilent com find contactus 256 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Serial Decode Lister 9 Lister Lister is a powerful tool for investigating protocol failures You can
326. veforms 3 To specify the probe skew When measuring time intervals in the ns range small differences in cable length can affect the measurement Use Skew to remove cable delay errors between any two channels 1 Probe the same point with both probes 2 Press one of the probes associated channel key 3 In the Channel Menu press Probe 4 In the Channel Probe Menu press Skew then select the desired skew value Each analog channel can be adjusted 100 ns in 10 ps increments for a total of 200 ns difference The skew setting is not affected by recalling the Default Setup or by pressing Auto Scale To calibrate a probe See Calibrating Probes on page 57 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 83 3 Displaying Waveforms Changing the Display Settings 84 To adjust waveform intensity The Intensity knob lets you adjust the displayed waveforms to account for various signal characteristics such as fast sweep speeds and low trigger rates Increasing the intensity lets you see the maximum amount of noise and infrequently occurring events Reducing the intensity can expose more detail in complex signals as shown in the following figures The intensity knob does not affect the digital channels Figure 8 Amplitude Modulation Shown at 100 Intensity B 250v Undo Autoscal InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Displaying Waveforms 3 Figure 9 Amplitude Modulation Shown at 40 In
327. w the normalized vectors are interpreted This in turn controls how the mask is drawn on the display The remote programming commands that control mask scaling are MTES SCAL BIND 0 MTES SCAL X1 400 000E 06 MTES SCAL XDEL 800 000E 06 MTES SCAL Y1 359 000E 03 MTES SCAL Y2 2 35900E 00 Building a Mask File The following mask uses all eight mask regions The most difficult part of creating a mask file is normalizing the X and Y values from the time and voltage values This example shows an easy way to convert voltage and time to normalized X and Y values in the mask file InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 353 16 Analyzing Data 354 amp Coupling lt gt Imped BW Limit Fine Invert Probe DC 1M Ohm fal Bl Ei w The following mask file produced the mask shown above MASK FILE _548XX All Regions Region Number 1 Number of vertices 4 MAX 12 50 10 00 10 00 12 50 1 750 1 750 MAX Region Number Number of vertices 5 10 00 12 50 15 00 15 00 1250 1 000 0 500 0 500 1 500 1 500 2 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Region Number 3 Number of vertices 6 05 00 1 000 02 50 0 500 02 50 0 500 05 00 1 000 02 50 1 500 02 50 1 500 Region Number 4 Number of vertices 5 10 00 1 000 12 50 0 500 15 00 0 500 15 00 1 500 12 50 1 500
328. weep speed setting 3 To make cursors measurements press the Cursors key and set the Source softkey to Math f t Use the X1 and X2 cursors to measure frequency values and difference between two frequency values AX Use the Y1 and Y2 cursors to measure amplitude in dB and difference in amplitude AY 4 To make other measurements press the Meas key and set the Source softkey to Math f t You can make peak to peak maximum minimum and average dB measurements on the FFT waveform You can also find the frequency value at the first occurrence of the waveform maximum by using the X at Max Y measurement The following FFT spectrum was obtained by connecting the front panel Probe Comp signal approximately 1 2 kHz square wave to channel 1 Set sweep speed to 5 ms div vertical sensitivity to 500 mV div Units div to 10 dBV Offset to 34 0 dBV Center frequency to 5 00 kHz frequency Span to 10 0 kHz and window to Hanning InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 201 5 202 Measurements and Math Functions X Max M 1 201kHz FFT Measurement Hints The number of points acquired for the FFT record is 1000 and when frequency span is at maximum all points are displayed Once the FFT spectrum is displayed the frequency span and center frequency controls are used much like the controls of a spectrum analyzer to examine the frequency of interest in greater detail Place the desired part of the waveform at the
329. when your input signal is faster than 350 MHz The Trigger Out connector also provides the User Cal signal See To perform user calibration on page 397 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 391 18 Oscilloscope Utility Settings Setting the Oscilloscope s Clock The Clock Menu lets you set the current date and time of day 24 hour format This time date stamp will appear on hardcopy prints and directory information on the USB mass storage device To set the date and time or to view the current date and time 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Clock amp Year D Month lt gt Day d Hour D Minute 2009 10 20 16 45 2 Press the Year Month Day Hour or Minute softkey and rotate the Entry knob to set to the desired number The hours are shown in the 24 hour format So 1 00 PM is hour 13 The real time clock only allows selection of valid dates If a day is selected and the month or year is changed so the day is invalid the day is automatically adjusted 392 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Oscilloscope Utility Settings 18 Entering Licenses and Displaying License Information The options settings under the Utility key let you enter license strings and display license information To enter licenses 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Licenses 2 In the Licenses Menu press Spell then select the desired character 3 Press Enter then select the next character
330. which appears in both the Trigger Menu and the Serial Decode Menu 1 2 3 262 Press Label to turn on labels Press Trigger then select the CAN trigger type Press the Signals softkey to open the CAN Signals Menu D Source amp Baud OL gt Smpl Pt D Signal 1 125 kb s 25 0kb s 75 0 Diff Press Source then select the channel for the CAN signal The CAN label for the source channel is automatically set and the channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to CAN Set the trigger level For analog channels turn the Trigger Level knob For digital channels press the Digital key and the Thresholds softkey to access the threshold level setting softkeys The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display Press the Signal softkey and select the type and polarity of the CAN signal This also automatically sets the channel label for the source channel CAN_H The actual CAN_H differential bus Dominant low signals CAN_L The actual CAN_L differential bus signal Rx The Receive signal from the CAN bus transceiver Ix The Transmit signal from the CAN bus transceiver InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 10 Differential The CAN differential bus signals connected to an analog source channel using a differential probe Connect the probe s positive lea
331. y error have the decode text displayed in red instead of green or white e SYNC errors are displayed with the word SYNC within red angle brackets 328 InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial Decode 14 e Manchester encoding errors are displayed with the word MANCH within blue angle brackets blue instead of red because a valid Sync pulse started the word Viewing MIL STD 1553 Data in the Lister 1 In the Serial Decode Menu when serial decode is being displayed press Lister 2 In the Lister Menu press Lister Display to turn it on Time 206 9us 186 9us Data ABCD 146 9us 66 14us 93 14us 113 1us Lister Display Select Zoom to Undo Options L Row Selection Zoom In addition to the standard Time column the MIL STD 1553 Lister contains these columns e RTA displays the Remote Terminal Address for Command Status words nothing for Data words InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 329 14 MIL STD 1553 Triggering and Serial Decode 330 e Word Type Cmd Status for Command Status words Data for Data words For Command Status words the background color is green to match the decode text color e Data the 11 bits after the RTA for Command Status words or the 16 bits of a Data word e Errors Sync Parity or Manchester errors as appropria
332. y knob 5 Select a qualifier time set softkey lt or gt then rotate the Entry knob to set the duration qualifier time lt qualifier time set softkey e When the less than lt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a pattern duration less than the time value displayed on the softkey e When the within time range gt lt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the upper time range value e When the out of time range lt gt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the lower time range value InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 115 4 Triggering gt qualifier time set softkey e When the greater than gt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a pattern duration greater than the time value displayed on the softkey e When the within time range gt lt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the lower time range value e When the out of time range lt gt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the upper time range value e When Timeout qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the timeout value When the duration trigger occurs The timer starts on the last edge that makes the pattern logical AND true The trigger will occur on the first edge that makes the pattern false if the time qualifier criteria of the pattern has been met except in Timeout mode In Timeout the trigger occurs when the timeout va

Agilent InfiniiVision 7000B Series Oscilloscopes User's Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents